Mūla > Suttapiṭaka > Dīghanikāya

1. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā mallesu viharati anupiyaṃ nāma [anuppiyaṃ nāma (syā.)] mallānaṃ nigamo. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya anupiyaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘atippago kho tāva anupiyāyaṃ [anupiyaṃ (ka.)] piṇḍāya carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena bhaggavagottassa paribbājakassa ārāmo, yena bhaggavagotto paribbājako tenupasaṅkameyya’’nti.

2. Atha ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā yena bhaggavagottassa paribbājakassa ārāmo, yena bhaggavagotto paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etu kho, bhante, bhagavā. Svāgataṃ, bhante, bhagavato. Cirassaṃ kho, bhante, bhagavā imaṃ pariyāyamakāsi yadidaṃ idhāgamanāya. Nisīdatu, bhante, bhagavā, idamāsanaṃ paññatta’’nti. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Bhaggavagottopi kho paribbājako aññataraṃ ¶ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘purimāni, bhante, divasāni ¶ purimatarāni sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘paccakkhāto dāni mayā, bhaggava, bhagavā. Na dānāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharāmī’ti. Kaccetaṃ, bhante, tatheva, yathā sunakkhatto licchaviputto avacā’’ti? ‘‘Tatheva kho etaṃ, bhaggava, yathā sunakkhatto licchaviputto avaca’’.

3. Purimāni, bhaggava, divasāni purimatarāni sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘paccakkhāmi dānāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ. Na dānāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmī’ti. ‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘api nu tāhaṃ, sunakkhatta, evaṃ avacaṃ, ehi tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, mamaṃ uddissa viharāhī’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Tvaṃ ¶ vā pana maṃ evaṃ avaca – ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmī’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Iti kira, sunakkhatta, nevāhaṃ taṃ vadāmi – ehi tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, mamaṃ uddissa viharāhīti. Napi kira maṃ tvaṃ vadesi – ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmīti. Evaṃ sante, moghapurisa, ko santo kaṃ paccācikkhasi? Passa, moghapurisa, yāvañca ¶ [yāva ca (ka.)] te idaṃ aparaddha’nti.

4. ‘Na hi pana me, bhante, bhagavā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karotī’ti. ‘Api nu tāhaṃ, sunakkhatta, evaṃ avacaṃ – ehi tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, mamaṃ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṃ te uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissāmī’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Tvaṃ vā pana maṃ evaṃ avaca – ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissatī’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Iti kira, sunakkhatta, nevāhaṃ taṃ vadāmi – ehi tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, mamaṃ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṃ te uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissāmī’ti; napi kira maṃ tvaṃ vadesi – ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissatī’ti. Evaṃ sante, moghapurisa ¶ , ko santo kaṃ paccācikkhasi? Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, kate vā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriye akate vā uttarimanussadhammā ¶ iddhipāṭihāriye yassatthāya mayā dhammo desito so niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti? ‘Kate ¶ vā, bhante, uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriye akate vā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriye yassatthāya bhagavatā dhammo desito so niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti. ‘Iti kira, sunakkhatta, kate vā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriye, akate vā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriye, yassatthāya mayā dhammo desito, so niyyāti takkarassa ¶ sammā dukkhakkhayāya. Tatra, sunakkhatta, kiṃ uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ kataṃ karissati? Passa, moghapurisa, yāvañca te idaṃ aparaddha’nti.

5. ‘Na hi pana me, bhante, bhagavā aggaññaṃ paññapetī’ti [paññāpetīti (pī.)]? ‘Api nu tāhaṃ, sunakkhatta, evaṃ avacaṃ – ehi tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, mamaṃ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṃ te aggaññaṃ paññapessāmī’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Tvaṃ vā pana maṃ evaṃ avaca – ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me aggaññaṃ paññapessatī’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’. ‘Iti kira, sunakkhatta, nevāhaṃ taṃ vadāmi – ehi tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, mamaṃ uddissa viharāhi, ahaṃ te aggaññaṃ paññapessāmīti. Napi kira maṃ tvaṃ vadesi – ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmi, bhagavā me aggaññaṃ paññapessatī’ti. Evaṃ sante, moghapurisa, ko santo kaṃ paccācikkhasi? Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, paññatte vā aggaññe, apaññatte vā aggaññe, yassatthāya mayā dhammo desito, so niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti? ‘Paññatte vā, bhante, aggaññe, apaññatte vā aggaññe, yassatthāya bhagavatā dhammo desito, so niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti. ‘Iti ¶ kira, sunakkhatta, paññatte vā aggaññe, apaññatte vā aggaññe, yassatthāya mayā dhammo desito, so niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya. Tatra, sunakkhatta, kiṃ aggaññaṃ paññattaṃ ¶ karissati? Passa, moghapurisa, yāvañca te idaṃ aparaddhaṃ’.

6. ‘Anekapariyāyena kho te, sunakkhatta, mama vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato ¶ lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. Iti kho te, sunakkhatta, anekapariyāyena mama vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme.

‘Anekapariyāyena ¶ kho te, sunakkhatta, dhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme – svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti. Iti kho te, sunakkhatta, anekapariyāyena dhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme.

‘Anekapariyāyena kho te, sunakkhatta, saṅghassa vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme – suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Iti kho te, sunakkhatta, anekapariyāyena saṅghassa vaṇṇo bhāsito vajjigāme.

‘Ārocayāmi kho te, sunakkhatta, paṭivedayāmi kho te, sunakkhatta. Bhavissanti kho te, sunakkhatta, vattāro, no visahi sunakkhatto licchaviputto samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, so avisahanto ¶ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattoti. Iti kho te, sunakkhatta, bhavissanti vattāro’ti.

Evaṃ pi ¶ kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto mayā vuccamāno apakkameva imasmā dhammavinayā, yathā taṃ āpāyiko nerayiko.

7. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, bhaggava, samayaṃ thūlūsu [bumūsu (sī. pī.)] viharāmi uttarakā nāma thūlūnaṃ nigamo. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhaggava, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sunakkhattena licchaviputtena pacchāsamaṇena uttarakaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. Tena kho pana samayena acelo korakkhattiyo kukkuravatiko catukkuṇḍiko [catukuṇḍiko (sī. pī.) catukoṇḍiko (syā. ka.)] chamānikiṇṇaṃ bhakkhasaṃ mukheneva khādati, mukheneva bhuñjati. Addasā kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ kukkuravatikaṃ ¶ catukkuṇḍikaṃ chamānikiṇṇaṃ bhakkhasaṃ mukheneva khādantaṃ mukheneva bhuñjantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘sādhurūpo vata, bho, ayaṃ [arahaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] samaṇo catukkuṇḍiko chamānikiṇṇaṃ bhakkhasaṃ mukheneva khādati, mukheneva bhuñjatī’ti.

‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhaggava, sunakkhattassa licchaviputtassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sunakkhattaṃ ¶ licchaviputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘tvampi nāma, moghapurisa, samaṇo sakyaputtiyo [moghapurisa sakyaputtiyo (sī. syā. pī.)] paṭijānissasī’ti! ‘Kiṃ pana maṃ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha – ‘tvampi ¶ nāma, moghapurisa, samaṇo sakyaputtiyo [moghapurisa sakyaputtiyo (sī. syā. pī.)] paṭijānissasī’ti? ‘Nanu te, sunakkhatta, imaṃ acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ kukkuravatikaṃ catukkuṇḍikaṃ chamānikiṇṇaṃ bhakkhasaṃ mukheneva khādantaṃ mukheneva ¶ bhuñjantaṃ disvāna etadahosi – sādhurūpo vata, bho, ayaṃ samaṇo catukkuṇḍiko chamānikiṇṇaṃ bhakkhasaṃ mukheneva khādati, mukheneva bhuñjatī’ti? ‘Evaṃ, bhante. Kiṃ pana, bhante, bhagavā arahattassa maccharāyatī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, moghapurisa, arahattassa maccharāyāmi. Api ca, tuyhevetaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ, taṃ pajaha. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, maññasi acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ – sādhurūpo ayaṃ samaṇoti [maññasi ‘‘acelo korakhattiyo sādhurūpo arahaṃ samaṇoti’’ (syā.)]. So sattamaṃ divasaṃ alasakena kālaṅkarissati. Kālaṅkato [kālakato (sī. syā. pī.)] ca kālakañcikā [kālakañjā (sī. pī.), kālakañjikā (syā.)] nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatra upapajjissati. Kālaṅkatañca naṃ bīraṇatthambake susāne chaḍḍessanti. Ākaṅkhamāno ca tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyāsi – jānāsi, āvuso korakkhattiya [acela korakhattiya (ka.)], attano gatinti? Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ te acelo korakkhattiyo byākarissati – jānāmi, āvuso sunakkhatta, attano gatiṃ; kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatrāmhi upapannoti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yena acelo korakkhattiyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘byākato khosi, āvuso korakkhattiya, samaṇena gotamena – acelo korakkhattiyo sattamaṃ divasaṃ alasakena kālaṅkarissati. Kālaṅkato ¶ ca kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo ¶ , tatra upapajjissati. Kālaṅkatañca naṃ bīraṇatthambake susāne chaḍḍessantī’ti. Yena tvaṃ, āvuso korakkhattiya, mattaṃ mattañca bhattaṃ bhuñjeyyāsi, mattaṃ mattañca pānīyaṃ piveyyāsi. Yathā samaṇassa gotamassa micchā assa vacana’nti.

8. ‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto ekadvīhikāya sattarattindivāni gaṇesi, yathā taṃ tathāgatassa asaddahamāno. Atha kho, bhaggava, acelo korakkhattiyo sattamaṃ divasaṃ alasakena kālamakāsi. Kālaṅkato ca kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatra upapajji. Kālaṅkatañca naṃ bīraṇatthambake susāne chaḍḍesuṃ.

9. ‘‘Assosi ¶ kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto – ‘acelo kira korakkhattiyo alasakena kālaṅkato bīraṇatthambake susāne chaḍḍito’ti. Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yena bīraṇatthambakaṃ susānaṃ, yena acelo korakkhattiyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ tikkhattuṃ pāṇinā ākoṭesi – ‘jānāsi, āvuso korakkhattiya, attano gati’nti? Atha kho, bhaggava, acelo korakkhattiyo pāṇinā piṭṭhiṃ paripuñchanto vuṭṭhāsi. ‘Jānāmi, āvuso sunakkhatta, attano gatiṃ. Kālakañcikā nāma asurā sabbanihīno asurakāyo, tatrāmhi upapanno’ti vatvā tattheva uttāno papati [paripati (syā. ka.)].

10. ‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhaggava ¶ , sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, yatheva te ahaṃ acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ ārabbha byākāsiṃ, tatheva taṃ vipākaṃ, aññathā vā’ti? ‘Yatheva me, bhante, bhagavā acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ ārabbha byākāsi, tatheva taṃ vipākaṃ, no aññathā’ti. ‘Taṃ ¶ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, yadi evaṃ sante kataṃ vā hoti uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, akataṃ vāti? ‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante kataṃ hoti uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, no akata’nti. ‘Evampi kho maṃ tvaṃ, moghapurisa, uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karontaṃ evaṃ vadesi – na hi pana me, bhante, bhagavā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karotīti. Passa, moghapurisa, yāvañca te idaṃ aparaddha’nti. ‘‘Evampi kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto mayā vuccamāno apakkameva imasmā dhammavinayā, yathā taṃ āpāyiko nerayiko.

11. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, bhaggava, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena acelo kaḷāramaṭṭako vesāliyaṃ paṭivasati lābhaggappatto ceva yasaggappatto ca vajjigāme. Tassa sattavatapadāni [sattavattapadāni (syā. pī.)] samattāni samādinnāni honti – ‘yāvajīvaṃ acelako assaṃ, na vatthaṃ paridaheyyaṃ, yāvajīvaṃ brahmacārī assaṃ, na methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyaṃ, yāvajīvaṃ surāmaṃseneva yāpeyyaṃ, na odanakummāsaṃ ¶ bhuñjeyyaṃ. Puratthimena vesāliṃ udenaṃ nāma cetiyaṃ, taṃ nātikkameyyaṃ, dakkhiṇena vesāliṃ gotamakaṃ nāma cetiyaṃ, taṃ nātikkameyyaṃ, pacchimena vesāliṃ sattambaṃ nāma cetiyaṃ, taṃ ¶ nātikkameyyaṃ, uttarena vesāliṃ bahuputtaṃ ¶ nāma [bahuputtakaṃ nāma (syā.)] cetiyaṃ taṃ nātikkameyya’nti. So imesaṃ sattannaṃ vatapadānaṃ samādānahetu lābhaggappatto ceva yasaggappatto ca vajjigāme.

12. ‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yena acelo kaḷāramaṭṭako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā acelaṃ kaḷāramaṭṭakaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi. Tassa acelo kaḷāramaṭṭako pañhaṃ puṭṭho na sampāyāsi. Asampāyanto kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātvākāsi. Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhattassa licchaviputtassa etadahosi – ‘sādhurūpaṃ vata bho arahantaṃ samaṇaṃ āsādimhase [asādiyimhase (syā.)]. Mā vata no ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’ti.

13. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘tvampi nāma, moghapurisa, samaṇo sakyaputtiyo paṭijānissasī’ti! ‘Kiṃ pana maṃ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha – tvampi nāma, moghapurisa, samaṇo sakyaputtiyo paṭijānissasī’ti? ‘Nanu tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, acelaṃ kaḷāramaṭṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ apucchi. Tassa te acelo kaḷāramaṭṭako pañhaṃ puṭṭho na sampāyāsi. Asampāyanto kopañca dosañca ¶ appaccayañca pātvākāsi. Tassa te etadahosi – ‘‘sādhurūpaṃ vata, bho, arahantaṃ samaṇaṃ āsādimhase. Mā vata no ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bhante. Kiṃ pana, bhante, bhagavā arahattassa maccharāyatī’ti? ‘Na ¶ kho ahaṃ, moghapurisa, arahattassa maccharāyāmi, api ca tuyhevetaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ, taṃ pajaha. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, sunakkhatta, maññasi acelaṃ kaḷāramaṭṭakaṃ – sādhurūpo ayaṃ [arahaṃ (syā.)] samaṇoti, so nacirasseva parihito sānucāriko vicaranto odanakummāsaṃ bhuñjamāno sabbāneva vesāliyāni cetiyāni samatikkamitvā yasā nihīno [yasānikiṇṇo (ka.)] kālaṃ karissatī’ti.

‘‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, acelo kaḷāramaṭṭako nacirasseva parihito sānucāriko vicaranto odanakummāsaṃ bhuñjamāno sabbāneva vesāliyāni cetiyāni samatikkamitvā yasā nihīno kālamakāsi.

14. ‘‘Assosi kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto – ‘acelo kira kaḷāramaṭṭako parihito sānucāriko vicaranto odanakummāsaṃ bhuñjamāno sabbāneva vesāliyāni cetiyāni samatikkamitvā yasā nihīno kālaṅkato’ti. Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto ¶ licchaviputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, yatheva te ahaṃ acelaṃ kaḷāramaṭṭakaṃ ārabbha byākāsiṃ, tatheva taṃ vipākaṃ, aññathā vā’ti? ‘Yatheva ¶ me, bhante, bhagavā acelaṃ kaḷāramaṭṭakaṃ ārabbha byākāsi, tatheva taṃ vipākaṃ, no ¶ aññathā’ti. ‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, yadi evaṃ sante kataṃ ¶ vā hoti uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ akataṃ vā’ti? ‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante kataṃ hoti uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, no akata’nti. ‘Evampi kho maṃ tvaṃ, moghapurisa, uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karontaṃ evaṃ vadesi – na hi pana me, bhante, bhagavā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karotī’’ti. Passa, moghapurisa, yāvañca te idaṃ aparaddha’nti. ‘‘Eva’mpi kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto mayā vuccamāno apakkameva imasmā dhammavinayā, yathā taṃ āpāyiko nerayiko.

15. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, bhaggava, samayaṃ tattheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena acelo pāthikaputto [pāṭikaputto (sī. syā. pī.)] vesāliyaṃ paṭivasati lābhaggappatto ceva yasaggappatto ca vajjigāme. So vesāliyaṃ parisati evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati – ‘samaṇopi gotamo ñāṇavādo, ahampi ñāṇavādo. Ñāṇavādo kho pana ñāṇavādena arahati uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetuṃ. Samaṇo gotamo upaḍḍhapathaṃ āgaccheyya, ahampi upaḍḍhapathaṃ gaccheyyaṃ. Te tattha ubhopi uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ kareyyāma. Ekaṃ ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, dvāhaṃ karissāmi. Dve ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyāni ¶ karissati, cattārāhaṃ karissāmi ¶ . Cattāri ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyāni karissati, aṭṭhāhaṃ karissāmi. Iti yāvatakaṃ yāvatakaṃ samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇāhaṃ karissāmī’ti.

16. ‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘acelo, bhante, pāthikaputto vesāliyaṃ paṭivasati lābhaggappatto ceva yasaggappatto ca vajjigāme. So vesāliyaṃ parisati evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati – samaṇopi ¶ gotamo ¶ ñāṇavādo, ahampi ñāṇavādo. Ñāṇavādo kho pana ñāṇavādena arahati uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetuṃ. Samaṇo gotamo upaḍḍhapathaṃ āgaccheyya, ahampi upaḍḍhapathaṃ gaccheyyaṃ. Te tattha ubhopi uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ kareyyāma. Ekaṃ ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, dvāhaṃ karissāmi. Dve ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyāni karissati, cattārāhaṃ karissāmi. Cattāri ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyāni karissati, aṭṭhāhaṃ karissāmi. Iti yāvatakaṃ yāvatakaṃ samaṇo gotamo uttari manussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇāhaṃ karissāmī’’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘abhabbo kho, sunakkhatta, acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi ¶ tassa vipateyyā’ti.

17. ‘Rakkhatetaṃ, bhante, bhagavā vācaṃ, rakkhatetaṃ sugato vāca’nti. ‘Kiṃ ¶ pana maṃ tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, evaṃ vadesi – rakkhatetaṃ, bhante, bhagavā vācaṃ, rakkhatetaṃ sugato vāca’nti? ‘Bhagavatā cassa, bhante, esā vācā ekaṃsena odhāritā [ovāditā (ka.)] – abhabbo acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti. Acelo ca, bhante, pāthikaputto virūparūpena bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṃ āgaccheyya, tadassa bhagavato musā’ti.

18. ‘Api nu, sunakkhatta, tathāgato taṃ vācaṃ bhāseyya yā sā vācā dvayagāminī’ti? ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, bhagavatā acelo pāthikaputto cetasā ¶ ceto paricca vidito – abhabbo acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti?

‘Udāhu ¶ , devatā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – abhabbo, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti?

19. ‘Cetasā ceto paricca vidito ceva me, sunakkhatta ¶ , acelo pāthikaputto abhabbo acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.

‘Devatāpi me etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – abhabbo ¶ , bhante, acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.

‘Ajitopi nāma licchavīnaṃ senāpati adhunā kālaṅkato tāvatiṃsakāyaṃ upapanno. Sopi maṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamārocesi – alajjī, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto; musāvādī, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto. Mampi, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto byākāsi vajjigāme – ajito licchavīnaṃ senāpati mahānirayaṃ upapannoti. Na kho panāhaṃ, bhante, mahānirayaṃ upapanno; tāvatiṃsakāyamhi upapanno. Alajjī, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto; musāvādī, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto; abhabbo ca, bhante, acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa ¶ evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.

‘Iti kho, sunakkhatta, cetasā ceto paricca vidito ceva me acelo pāthikaputto abhabbo acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā ¶ mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti. Devatāpi me etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – abhabbo, bhante ¶ , acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā bhagavato sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.

‘So kho panāhaṃ, sunakkhatta, vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto yena acelassa pāthikaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmi divāvihārāya. Yassadāni tvaṃ, sunakkhatta, icchasi, tassa ārocehī’ti.

20. ‘‘Atha ¶ khvāhaṃ [atha kho svāhaṃ (syā.)], bhaggava, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto yena acelassa pāthikaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ divāvihārāya. Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto taramānarūpo vesāliṃ pavisitvā yena abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā abhiññāte abhiññāte licchavī etadavoca – ‘esāvuso, bhagavā vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto yena acelassa pāthikaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya. Abhikkamathāyasmanto abhikkamathāyasmanto, sādhurūpānaṃ samaṇānaṃ uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissatī’ti ¶ . Atha kho, bhaggava, abhiññātānaṃ abhiññātānaṃ licchavīnaṃ etadahosi – ‘sādhurūpānaṃ kira, bho, samaṇānaṃ uttarimanussadhammā ¶ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissati; handa vata, bho, gacchāmā’ti. Yena ca abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā [nānātitthiya (syā.)] samaṇabrāhmaṇā tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā abhiññāte abhiññāte nānātitthiye [nānātitthiya (syā.)] samaṇabrāhmaṇe etadavoca – ‘esāvuso, bhagavā vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto yena acelassa pāthikaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami divāvihārāya. Abhikkamathāyasmanto abhikkamathāyasmanto, sādhurūpānaṃ samaṇānaṃ uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Atha ¶ kho, bhaggava, abhiññātānaṃ abhiññātānaṃ nānātitthiyānaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ etadahosi – ‘sādhurūpānaṃ kira, bho, samaṇānaṃ uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ bhavissati; handa vata, bho, gacchāmā’ti.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhaggava, abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā yena acelassa pāthikaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sā esā, bhaggava, parisā mahā hoti [parisā hoti (sī. syā. pī.)] anekasatā anekasahassā.

21. ‘‘Assosi kho, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto – ‘abhikkantā kira abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā. Samaṇopi gotamo mayhaṃ ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno’ti. Sutvānassa bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃso udapādi. Atha kho, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto ¶ bhīto saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena tindukakhāṇuparibbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami.

‘‘Assosi kho, bhaggava, sā parisā – ‘acelo kira pāthikaputto bhīto saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena tindukakhāṇuparibbājakārāmo ¶ tenupasaṅkanto’ti [tenupasaṅkamanto (sī. pī. ka.)]. Atha kho, bhaggava, sā parisā aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi –

‘Ehi tvaṃ, bho purisa, yena tindukakhāṇuparibbājakārāmo, yena acelo pāthikaputto tenupasaṅkama. Upasaṅkamitvā acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ evaṃ vadehi – abhikkamāvuso, pāthikaputta, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā, samaṇopi gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno; bhāsitā kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṃ parisati vācā samaṇopi gotamo ñāṇavādo, ahampi ñāṇavādo. Ñāṇavādo kho pana ñāṇavādena arahati uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetuṃ. Samaṇo ¶ gotamo upaḍḍhapathaṃ āgaccheyya ahampi upaḍḍhapathaṃ gaccheyyaṃ. Te tattha ubhopi uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ kareyyāma. Ekaṃ ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, dvāhaṃ karissāmi. Dve ce samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyāni karissati, cattārāhaṃ karissāmi. Cattāri ce samaṇo gotamo ¶ uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyāni karissati ¶ , aṭṭhāhaṃ karissāmi. Iti yāvatakaṃ yāvatakaṃ samaṇo gotamo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇāhaṃ karissāmī’ti abhikkamasseva [abhikkamayeva (sī. syā. pī.)] kho; āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṃ. Sabbapaṭhamaṃyeva āgantvā samaṇo gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno’ti.

22. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhoti kho, bhaggava, so puriso tassā parisāya paṭissutvā yena tindukakhāṇuparibbājakārāmo, yena acelo pāthikaputto tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā. Samaṇopi gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno. Bhāsitā ¶ kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṃ parisati vācā – samaṇopi gotamo ñāṇavādo; ahampi ñāṇavādo. Ñāṇavādo kho pana ñāṇavādena arahati uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetuṃ…pe… taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇāhaṃ karissāmīti. Abhikkamasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṃ. Sabbapaṭhamaṃyeva āgantvā samaṇo gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi ¶ āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati [saṃsabbati (ka.)], na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṃ. Atha kho so, bhaggava, puriso acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘kiṃ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṃ allīnā, pīṭhakaṃ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṃ? Āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappasi, na sakkosi āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti. Evampi kho, bhaggava, vuccamāno acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati ¶ , na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṃ.

23. ‘‘Yadā kho so, bhaggava, puriso aññāsi – ‘parābhūtarūpo ayaṃ acelo pāthikaputto. Āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti. Atha taṃ parisaṃ āgantvā evamārocesi – ‘parābhūtarūpo, bho [parābhūtarūpo bho ayaṃ (syā. ka.), parābhūtarūpo (sī. pī.)], acelo pāthikaputto. Āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhaggava, taṃ parisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘abhabbo kho, āvuso, acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā ¶ mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyya’nti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti.

24. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhaggava, aññataro licchavimahāmatto uṭṭhāyāsanā taṃ parisaṃ etadavoca – ‘tena hi, bho, muhuttaṃ tāva āgametha, yāvāhaṃ gacchāmi ¶ [paccāgacchāmi (?)]. Appeva nāma ahampi sakkuṇeyyaṃ acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ imaṃ parisaṃ ānetu’nti.

‘‘Atha kho so, bhaggava, licchavimahāmatto yena tindukakhāṇuparibbājakārāmo, yena acelo pāthikaputto tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkantaṃ te seyyo, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ¶ licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā. Samaṇopi gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno. Bhāsitā kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṃ parisati vācā – samaṇopi gotamo ñāṇavādo…pe… taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇāhaṃ karissāmīti. Abhikkamasseva kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṃ. Sabbapaṭhamaṃyeva āgantvā samaṇo gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno. Bhāsitā kho panesā, āvuso pāthikaputta, samaṇena gotamena parisati vācā – abhabbo kho acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti. Abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkamaneneva te jayaṃ karissāma, samaṇassa gotamassa parājaya’nti.

‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti ¶ āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṃ. Atha kho so, bhaggava, licchavimahāmatto acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘kiṃ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṃ allīnā, pīṭhakaṃ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṃ ¶ ? Āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappasi, na sakkosi āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti ¶ . Evampi kho, bhaggava, vuccamāno acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṃ.

25. ‘‘Yadā kho so, bhaggava, licchavimahāmatto aññāsi – ‘parābhūtarūpo ayaṃ acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi ¶ āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti. Atha taṃ parisaṃ āgantvā evamārocesi – ‘parābhūtarūpo, bho [parābhūtarūpo (sī. pī.), parābhūtarūpo ayaṃ (syā.)], acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhaggava, taṃ parisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘abhabbo kho, āvuso, acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyya. Sace pāyasmantānaṃ licchavīnaṃ evamassa – mayaṃ acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ varattāhi [yāhi varattāhi (syā. ka.)] bandhitvā goyugehi āviñcheyyāmāti [āviñjeyyāmāti (syā.), āvijjheyyāmāti (sī. pī.)], tā varattā chijjeyyuṃ pāthikaputto vā. Abhabbo pana acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa ¶ evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.

26. ‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī uṭṭhāyāsanā taṃ parisaṃ etadavoca – ‘tena hi, bho, muhuttaṃ tāva āgametha, yāvāhaṃ gacchāmi; appeva nāma ahampi sakkuṇeyyaṃ acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ imaṃ parisaṃ ānetu’’nti.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī yena tindukakhāṇuparibbājakārāmo, yena acelo pāthikaputto tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkantaṃ te seyyo. Abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī, abhikkantā abhiññātā abhiññātā ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatinecayikā nānātitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā. Samaṇopi gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ nisinno. Bhāsitā kho pana te esā, āvuso pāthikaputta, vesāliyaṃ parisati vācā – samaṇopi gotamo ñāṇavādo…pe… taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇāhaṃ karissāmīti. Abhikkamasseva, kho āvuso pāthikaputta, upaḍḍhapathaṃ. Sabbapaṭhamaṃyeva āgantvā samaṇo gotamo āyasmato ārāme divāvihāraṃ ¶ nisinno. Bhāsitā kho panesā, āvuso pāthikaputta, samaṇena gotamena parisati vācā – abhabbo acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyya. Sace pāyasmantānaṃ licchavīnaṃ evamassa – mayaṃ acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ varattāhi bandhitvā goyugehi āviñcheyyāmāti. Tā varattā chijjeyyuṃ pāthikaputto vā. Abhabbo pana acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ āgaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti. Abhikkamāvuso pāthikaputta, abhikkamaneneva te jayaṃ karissāma, samaṇassa gotamassa parājaya’nti.

‘‘Evaṃ ¶ vutte, bhaggava, acelo pāthikaputto ¶ ‘āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvuso’ti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātuṃ. Atha kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘kiṃ su nāma te, āvuso pāthikaputta, pāvaḷā su nāma te pīṭhakasmiṃ allīnā, pīṭhakaṃ su nāma te pāvaḷāsu allīnaṃ? Āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva ¶ saṃsappasi, na sakkosi āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti. Evampi kho, bhaggava, vuccamāno acelo pāthikaputto ‘‘āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvuso’’ti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātunti.

27. ‘‘Yadā kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī aññāsi – ‘parābhūtarūpo ayaṃ acelo pāthikaputto ‘āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti, atha naṃ etadavoca –

‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sīhassa migarañño etadahosi – yaṃnūnāhaṃ aññataraṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ nissāya āsayaṃ kappeyyaṃ. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṃ āsayā nikkhameyyaṃ, āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambheyyaṃ, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokeyyaṃ, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadeyyaṃ, tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkameyyaṃ. So varaṃ varaṃ migasaṃghe [migasaṃghaṃ (syā. ka.)] vadhitvā mudumaṃsāni mudumaṃsāni bhakkhayitvā tameva āsayaṃ ajjhupeyya’nti.

‘Atha ¶ kho, āvuso, so sīho migarājā aññataraṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ nissāya āsayaṃ kappesi. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṃ ¶ āsayā nikkhami, āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhi, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokesi, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadi, tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkāmi. So varaṃ varaṃ migasaṅghe vadhitvā mudumaṃsāni mudumaṃsāni bhakkhayitvā tameva āsayaṃ ajjhupesi.

28. ‘Tasseva ¶ kho, āvuso pāthikaputta, sīhassa migarañño vighāsasaṃvaḍḍho jarasiṅgālo [jarasigālo (sī. syā. pī.)] ditto ceva balavā ca. Atha kho, āvuso, tassa jarasiṅgālassa etadahosi – ko cāhaṃ, ko sīho migarājā. Yaṃnūnāhampi aññataraṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ nissāya āsayaṃ kappeyyaṃ. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṃ āsayā nikkhameyyaṃ, āsayā ¶ nikkhamitvā vijambheyyaṃ, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokeyyaṃ, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadeyyaṃ, tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkameyyaṃ. So varaṃ varaṃ migasaṅghe vadhitvā mudumaṃsāni mudumaṃsāni bhakkhayitvā tameva āsayaṃ ajjhupeyya’nti.

‘Atha kho so, āvuso, jarasiṅgālo aññataraṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ nissāya āsayaṃ kappesi. Tatrāsayaṃ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṃ āsayā nikkhami, āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhi, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokesi, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadissāmīti siṅgālakaṃyeva anadi bheraṇḍakaṃyeva [bhedaṇḍakaṃyeva (ka.)] anadi, ke ca chave siṅgāle, ke pana sīhanādeti [sīhanāde (?)].

‘Evameva kho tvaṃ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno tathāgate ¶ arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṃ maññasi. Ke ca chave pāthikaputte, kā ca tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ āsādanā’ti.

29. ‘‘Yato kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī iminā opammena neva asakkhi acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ tamhā āsanā cāvetuṃ. Atha naṃ etadavoca –

‘Evameva ¶ kho tvaṃ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno tathāgate arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṃ maññasi. Ke ca chave pāthikaputte, kā ca tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ āsādanā’ti.

30. ‘‘Yato kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī imināpi opammena neva asakkhi acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ tamhā āsanā cāvetuṃ. Atha naṃ etadavoca –

‘Evameva kho tvaṃ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno tathāgate arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṃ maññasi. Ke ca chave pāthikaputte, kā ca tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ āsādanā’ti.

31. ‘‘Yato kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī imināpi ¶ opammena neva asakkhi acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ tamhā āsanā cāvetuṃ. Atha naṃ etadavoca –

‘Evameva kho tvaṃ, āvuso pāthikaputta, sugatāpadānesu jīvamāno sugatātirittāni bhuñjamāno ¶ tathāgate arahante sammāsambuddhe āsādetabbaṃ maññasi. Ke ca chave pāthikaputte, kā ca tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ āsādanā’ti.

32. ‘‘Yato kho, bhaggava, jāliyo dārupattikantevāsī imināpi opammena neva asakkhi ¶ acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ tamhā āsanā cāvetuṃ. Atha taṃ parisaṃ āgantvā evamārocesi – ‘parābhūtarūpo, bho, acelo pāthikaputto āyāmi āvuso, āyāmi āvusoti vatvā tattheva saṃsappati, na sakkoti āsanāpi vuṭṭhātu’nti.

33. ‘‘Evaṃ ¶ vutte, ahaṃ, bhaggava, taṃ parisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘abhabbo kho, āvuso, acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyya. Sacepāyasmantānaṃ licchavīnaṃ evamassa – mayaṃ acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ varattāhi bandhitvā nāgehi [goyugehi (sabbattha) aṭṭhakathā passitabbā] āviñcheyyāmāti ¶ . Tā varattā chijjeyyuṃ pāthikaputto vā. Abhabbo pana acelo pāthikaputto taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā mama sammukhībhāvaṃ āgantuṃ. Sacepissa evamassa – ahaṃ taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā samaṇassa gotamassa sammukhībhāvaṃ gaccheyyanti, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’ti.

34. ‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhaggava, taṃ parisaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesiṃ samādapesiṃ samuttejesiṃ sampahaṃsesiṃ, taṃ parisaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā mahābandhanā mokkhaṃ karitvā caturāsītipāṇasahassāni mahāviduggā uddharitvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā sattatālaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā aññaṃ sattatālampi acciṃ [aggiṃ (syā.)] abhinimminitvā pajjalitvā dhūmāyitvā ¶ [dhūpāyitvā (sī. pī.)] mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ paccuṭṭhāsiṃ.

35. ‘‘Atha kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhaggava, sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, yatheva te ahaṃ acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ ārabbha byākāsiṃ, tatheva taṃ vipākaṃ aññathā vā’ti? ‘Yatheva me, bhante, bhagavā acelaṃ pāthikaputtaṃ ārabbha byākāsi, tatheva taṃ vipākaṃ, no aññathā’ti.

‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, yadi evaṃ sante kataṃ vā hoti uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, akataṃ vā’ti? ‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante kataṃ hoti uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, no akata’nti. ‘Evampi kho ¶ maṃ tvaṃ, moghapurisa, uttarimanussadhammā ¶ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karontaṃ evaṃ vadesi – na hi pana me, bhante, bhagavā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karotīti. Passa, moghapurisa, yāvañca te idaṃ aparaddhaṃ’ti.

‘‘Evampi kho, bhaggava, sunakkhatto licchaviputto mayā vuccamāno apakkameva imasmā dhammavinayā, yathā taṃ āpāyiko nerayiko.

36. ‘‘Aggaññañcāhaṃ, bhaggava, pajānāmi. Tañca pajānāmi [‘‘tañcapajānāmī’’ti idaṃ syāpotthakenatthi], tato ca uttaritaraṃ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṃ [pajānanaṃ (syā. ka.) aṭṭhakathāsaṃvaṇṇanā passitabbā] na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā, yadabhijānaṃ tathāgato no anayaṃ āpajjati ¶ .

37. ‘‘Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā issarakuttaṃ brahmakuttaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapenti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto issarakuttaṃ brahmakuttaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te ca me evaṃ puṭṭhā, ‘āmo’ti [āmāti (syā.)] paṭijānanti. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘kathaṃvihitakaṃ pana [kathaṃ vihitakaṃno pana (ka.)] tumhe āyasmanto issarakuttaṃ brahmakuttaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaññeva paṭipucchanti. Tesāhaṃ puṭṭho byākaromi –

38. ‘Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṃ loko saṃvaṭṭati. Saṃvaṭṭamāne loke yebhuyyena sattā ābhassarasaṃvattanikā honti. Te tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti.

‘Hoti kho so, āvuso, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṃ loko vivaṭṭati. Vivaṭṭamāne loke suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ pātubhavati. Atha kho [atha (sī. syā. pī.)] aññataro ¶ satto āyukkhayā vā puññakkhayā vā ābhassarakāyā cavitvā suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjati ¶ . So ¶ tattha hoti manomayo pītibhakkho sayaṃpabho antalikkhacaro subhaṭṭhāyī, ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhati.

‘Tassa tattha ekakassa dīgharattaṃ nivusitattā anabhirati paritassanā uppajjati – aho vata aññepi sattā itthattaṃ āgaccheyyunti. Atha aññepi sattā āyukkhayā vā puññakkhayā vā ¶ ābhassarakāyā cavitvā brahmavimānaṃ upapajjanti tassa sattassa sahabyataṃ. Tepi tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti.

39. ‘Tatrāvuso, yo so satto paṭhamaṃ upapanno, tassa evaṃ hoti – ahamasmi brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā [sañjitā (sī. pī.), sajjitā (syā. kaṃ.)] vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṃ, mayā ime sattā nimmitā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mamañhi pubbe etadahosi – aho vata aññepi sattā itthattaṃ āgaccheyyunti; iti mama ca manopaṇidhi. Ime ca sattā itthattaṃ āgatāti.

‘Yepi te sattā pacchā upapannā, tesampi evaṃ hoti – ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṃ; iminā mayaṃ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Imañhi mayaṃ addasāma idha paṭhamaṃ upapannaṃ; mayaṃ panāmha pacchā upapannāti.

40. ‘Tatrāvuso ¶ , yo so satto paṭhamaṃ upapanno, so dīghāyukataro ca hoti vaṇṇavantataro ca mahesakkhataro ca. Ye pana te sattā pacchā upapannā, te appāyukatarā ca honti dubbaṇṇatarā ca appesakkhatarā ca.

‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṃ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṃ āgacchati. Itthattaṃ āgato samāno agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. Agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno ¶ ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya ¶ anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati; tato paraṃ nānussarati.

‘So ¶ evamāha – yo kho so bhavaṃ brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṃ, yena mayaṃ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. So nicco dhuvo [sassato dīghāyuko (syā. ka.)] sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati. Ye pana mayaṃ ahumhā tena bhotā brahmunā nimmitā, te mayaṃ aniccā addhuvā [addhuvā asassatā (syā. ka.)] appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṃ āgatā’ti. Evaṃvihitakaṃ no tumhe āyasmanto issarakuttaṃ brahmakuttaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethāti. ‘Te evamāhaṃsu – evaṃ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṃ, yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti. ‘‘Aggaññañcāhaṃ, bhaggava, pajānāmi. Tañca pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṃ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṃ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā. Yadabhijānaṃ tathāgato no anayaṃ āpajjati.

41. ‘‘Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā khiḍḍāpadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapenti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto khiḍḍāpadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te ca me evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmo’ti paṭijānanti. Tyāhaṃ ¶ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘kathaṃvihitakaṃ pana tumhe āyasmanto khiḍḍāpadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaññeva paṭipucchanti, tesāhaṃ puṭṭho byākaromi ¶ –

42. ‘Santāvuso, khiḍḍāpadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṃ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā [hasakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā (ka.)] viharanti. Tesaṃ ativelaṃ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṃ viharataṃ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā [satiyā sammosāya (syā.)] te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti.

‘Ṭhānaṃ ¶ kho panetaṃ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṃ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṃ āgacchati, itthattaṃ āgato samāno agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati; tato paraṃ nānussarati.

‘So evamāha – ye kho te bhonto devā na khiḍḍāpadosikā te na ativelaṃ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharanti. Tesaṃ nātivelaṃ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṃ viharataṃ sati na sammussati, satiyā asammosā te devā tamhā kāyā na cavanti, niccā dhuvā sassatā ¶ avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassanti. Ye pana mayaṃ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā te mayaṃ ativelaṃ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā, tesaṃ no ativelaṃ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṃ viharataṃ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā evaṃ [sammosā eva (sī. pī.) sammosā te (syā. ka.)] mayaṃ tamhā kāyā cutā, aniccā addhuvā appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṃ āgatāti. Evaṃvihitakaṃ no ¶ tumhe āyasmanto khiḍḍāpadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti. ‘Te ¶ evamāhaṃsu – evaṃ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṃ, yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti. ‘‘Aggaññañcāhaṃ, bhaggava, pajānāmi…pe… yadabhijānaṃ tathāgato no anayaṃ āpajjati.

43. ‘‘Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā manopadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapenti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto manopadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te ca me evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmo’ti paṭijānanti. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘kathaṃvihitakaṃ pana tumhe āyasmanto manopadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaññeva paṭipucchanti. Tesāhaṃ puṭṭho byākaromi –

44. ‘Santāvuso, manopadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjhāyanti. Te ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni ¶ padūsenti. Te aññamaññaṃ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti.

‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṃ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṃ āgacchati. Itthattaṃ āgato samāno agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. Agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, tato paraṃ nānussarati.

‘So evamāha – ye kho te bhonto devā na manopadosikā te nātivelaṃ ¶ aññamaññaṃ upanijjhāyanti. Te nātivelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni nappadūsenti. Te aññamaññaṃ appaduṭṭhacittā akilantakāyā akilantacittā. Te devā tamhā ¶ [akilantacittā tamhā (ka.)] kāyā ¶ na cavanti, niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassanti. Ye pana mayaṃ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṃ ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṃ ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā [padosiyimhā (syā.), padūsayimhā (?)]. Te mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṃ mayaṃ [kilantacittāeva mayaṃ (sī. pī.), kilantacittā (ka.)] tamhā kāyā cutā, aniccā addhuvā appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṃ āgatāti. Evaṃvihitakaṃ no tumhe āyasmanto manopadosikaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti. ‘Te evamāhaṃsu – evaṃ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṃ, yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti. ‘‘Aggaññañcāhaṃ, bhaggava, pajānāmi…pe… yadabhijānaṃ tathāgato no anayaṃ āpajjati.

45. ‘‘Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapenti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto adhiccasamuppannaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te ca me evaṃ puṭṭhā ‘āmo’ti paṭijānanti. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘kathaṃvihitakaṃ pana tumhe āyasmanto adhiccasamuppannaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? Te ¶ mayā puṭṭhā na ¶ sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaññeva paṭipucchanti. Tesāhaṃ puṭṭho byākaromi –

46. ‘Santāvuso, asaññasattā nāma devā. Saññuppādā ca pana te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti.

‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, āvuso, vijjati. Yaṃ aññataro satto tamhā kāyā cavitvā itthattaṃ āgacchati. Itthattaṃ āgato samāno agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. Agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte taṃ [idaṃ padaṃ brahmajālasutte na dissati. evaṃ (pī. ka.)] saññuppādaṃ anussarati, tato paraṃ nānussarati.

‘So evamāha – adhiccasamuppanno attā ca loko ca. Taṃ kissa hetu? Ahañhi ¶ pubbe nāhosiṃ, somhi etarahi ahutvā santatāya [sattakāya (sī. pī.), sattāya (ka. sī.)] pariṇatoti. Evaṃvihitakaṃ no tumhe āyasmanto adhiccasamuppannaṃ ācariyakaṃ aggaññaṃ paññapethā’ti? ‘Te evamāhaṃsu – evaṃ kho no, āvuso gotama, sutaṃ yathevāyasmā gotamo āhā’ti. ‘‘Aggaññañcāhaṃ, bhaggava, pajānāmi tañca ¶ pajānāmi, tato ca uttaritaraṃ pajānāmi, tañca pajānaṃ na parāmasāmi, aparāmasato ca me paccattaññeva nibbuti viditā. Yadabhijānaṃ tathāgato no anayaṃ āpajjati.

47. ‘‘Evaṃvādiṃ kho maṃ, bhaggava, evamakkhāyiṃ eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhanti – ‘viparīto samaṇo gotamo bhikkhavo ca. Samaṇo gotamo evamāha – yasmiṃ samaye subhaṃ vimokkhaṃ upasampajja viharati, sabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye asubhantveva [asubhanteva (sī. syā. pī.)] pajānātī’ti [sañjānātīti (sī. pī.)]. Na ¶ kho panāhaṃ, bhaggava, evaṃ vadāmi – ‘yasmiṃ samaye subhaṃ vimokkhaṃ upasampajja viharati, sabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye asubhantveva pajānātī’ti. Evañca khvāhaṃ, bhaggava, vadāmi – ‘yasmiṃ samaye subhaṃ vimokkhaṃ upasampajja viharati, subhantveva tasmiṃ samaye pajānātī’ti.

‘‘Te ¶ ca, bhante, viparītā, ye bhagavantaṃ viparītato dahanti bhikkhavo ca. Evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati. Pahoti ¶ me bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathā ahaṃ subhaṃ vimokkhaṃ upasampajja vihareyya’’nti.

48. ‘‘Dukkaraṃ kho etaṃ, bhaggava, tayā aññadiṭṭhikena aññakhantikena aññarucikena aññatrāyogena aññatrācariyakena subhaṃ vimokkhaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Iṅgha tvaṃ, bhaggava, yo ca te ayaṃ mayi pasādo, tameva tvaṃ sādhukamanurakkhā’’ti. ‘‘Sace taṃ, bhante, mayā dukkaraṃ aññadiṭṭhikena aññakhantikena aññarucikena aññatrāyogena aññatrācariyakena subhaṃ vimokkhaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Yo ca me ayaṃ, bhante, bhagavati pasādo, tamevāhaṃ sādhukamanurakkhissāmī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.

Pāthikasuttaṃ [pāṭikasuttantaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

49. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena nigrodho paribbājako udumbarikāya paribbājakārāme paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ tiṃsamattehi paribbājakasatehi. Atha kho sandhāno gahapati divā divassa [divādivasseva (sī. syā. pī.)] rājagahā nikkhami bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Atha kho sandhānassa gahapatissa etadahosi – ‘‘akālo kho bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Paṭisallīno bhagavā. Manobhāvanīyānampi bhikkhūnaṃ asamayo dassanāya. Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena udumbarikāya paribbājakārāmo, yena nigrodho paribbājako tenupasaṅkameyya’’nti. Atha kho sandhāno gahapati yena udumbarikāya paribbājakārāmo, tenupasaṅkami.

50. Tena kho pana samayena nigrodho paribbājako mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ nisinno hoti unnādiniyā uccāsaddamahāsaddāya anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathentiyā. Seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ ¶ mahāmattakathaṃ senākathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ pānakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ mālākathaṃ gandhakathaṃ ñātikathaṃ yānakathaṃ gāmakathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ ¶ iti vā.

51. Addasā kho nigrodho paribbājako sandhānaṃ gahapatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvā sakaṃ parisaṃ saṇṭhāpesi – ‘‘appasaddā bhonto hontu, mā bhonto saddamakattha. Ayaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako āgacchati sandhāno gahapati. Yāvatā kho pana samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā gihī odātavasanā rājagahe paṭivasanti, ayaṃ tesaṃ aññataro sandhāno gahapati. Appasaddakāmā ¶ kho panete āyasmanto appasaddavinītā ¶ , appasaddassa vaṇṇavādino. Appeva nāma appasaddaṃ parisaṃ viditvā upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññeyyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te paribbājakā tuṇhī ahesuṃ.

52. Atha kho sandhāno gahapati yena nigrodho paribbājako tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā nigrodhena paribbājakena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sandhāno gahapati nigrodhaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aññathā kho ime bhonto aññatitthiyā paribbājakā saṅgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṃ ¶ tiracchānakathaṃ anuyuttā viharanti. Seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā. Aññathā kho [ca (sī. pī.)] pana so bhagavā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppānī’’ti.

53. Evaṃ vutte nigrodho paribbājako sandhānaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yagghe ¶ gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṃ sallapati, kena sākacchaṃ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṃ samāpajjati? Suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṃ sallāpāya. So antamantāneva sevati [antapantāneva (syā.)]. Seyyathāpi nāma gokāṇā pariyantacārinī antamantāneva sevati. Evameva suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā; aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo; nālaṃ sallāpāya. So antamantāneva sevati. Iṅgha, gahapati, samaṇo gotamo imaṃ parisaṃ āgaccheyya, ekapañheneva naṃ saṃsādeyyāma [saṃhareyyāma (ka.)], tucchakumbhīva naṃ maññe orodheyyāmā’’ti.

54. Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya sandhānassa gahapatissa nigrodhena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohitvā yena sumāgadhāya ¶ tīre moranivāpo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ¶ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkami. Addasā kho nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṃ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamantaṃ. Disvāna sakaṃ parisaṃ saṇṭhāpesi – ‘‘appasaddā bhonto hontu, mā bhonto saddamakattha, ayaṃ samaṇo gotamo sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamati. Appasaddakāmo kho pana so āyasmā, appasaddassa vaṇṇavādī. Appeva ¶ nāma appasaddaṃ parisaṃ viditvā upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññeyya. Sace samaṇo gotamo ¶ imaṃ parisaṃ āgaccheyya, imaṃ taṃ pañhaṃ puccheyyāma – ‘ko nāma so, bhante, bhagavato dhammo, yena bhagavā sāvake vineti, yena bhagavatā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariya’nti? Evaṃ vutte te paribbājakā tuṇhī ahesuṃ.

55. Atha kho bhagavā yena nigrodho paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etu kho, bhante, bhagavā, svāgataṃ, bhante, bhagavato. Cirassaṃ kho, bhante, bhagavā imaṃ pariyāyamakāsi yadidaṃ idhāgamanāya. Nisīdatu, bhante, bhagavā, idamāsanaṃ paññatta’’nti. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nigrodhopi kho paribbājako aññataraṃ nīcāsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nigrodhaṃ paribbājakaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kāya nuttha, nigrodha, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca, ‘‘idha mayaṃ, bhante, addasāma bhagavantaṃ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamantaṃ, disvāna evaṃ ¶ avocumhā – ‘sace samaṇo gotamo imaṃ parisaṃ āgaccheyya, imaṃ taṃ pañhaṃ puccheyyāma – ko nāma so, bhante, bhagavato dhammo, yena bhagavā sāvake vineti, yena bhagavatā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā ¶ paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariya’nti? Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā vippakatā; atha bhagavā anuppatto’’ti.

56. ‘‘Dujjānaṃ kho etaṃ, nigrodha, tayā aññadiṭṭhikena aññakhantikena aññarucikena aññatrāyogena aññatrācariyakena, yenāhaṃ sāvake vinemi ¶ , yena mayā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariyaṃ. Iṅgha tvaṃ maṃ, nigrodha, sake ācariyake adhijegucche pañhaṃ puccha – ‘kathaṃ santā nu kho, bhante, tapojigucchā paripuṇṇā hoti, kathaṃ aparipuṇṇā’ti? Evaṃ vutte te paribbājakā unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā ahesuṃ – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, samaṇassa gotamassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma sakavādaṃ ṭhapessati, paravādena pavāressatī’’ti.

57. Atha kho nigrodho paribbājako te paribbājake appasadde katvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayaṃ kho, bhante, tapojigucchāvādā [tarojigucchaṃsārodā (ka.)] tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharāma ¶ . Kathaṃ santā nu kho, bhante, tapojigucchā paripuṇṇā hoti, kathaṃ aparipuṇṇā’’ti?

‘‘Idha, nigrodha, tapassī acelako hoti muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano [hatthāvalekhano (syā.)], na ehibhaddantiko, na tiṭṭhabhaddantiko, nābhihaṭaṃ ¶ , na uddissakataṃ, na nimantanaṃ sādiyati, so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na kaḷopimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na eḷakamantaraṃ, na daṇḍamantaraṃ, na musalamantaraṃ, na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, na gabbhiniyā, na pāyamānāya, na ¶ purisantaragatāya, na saṅkittīsu, na yattha sā upaṭṭhito hoti, na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī, na macchaṃ, na maṃsaṃ, na suraṃ, na merayaṃ, na thusodakaṃ pivati, so ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko, sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko, ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti, sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti; ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvīhikampi [dvāhikaṃpi (sī. syā.)] āhāraṃ āhāreti, sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti, iti evarūpaṃ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. So sākabhakkho vā hoti, sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti, daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haṭabhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti, ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piññākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti, gomayabhakkho vā hoti; vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. So sāṇānipi dhāreti ¶ , masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti, kesamassulocakopi hoti kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto ¶ , ubbhaṭṭhakopi [ubhaṭṭhakopi (syā.), ubbhaṭṭhikopi (ka.)] hoti āsanapaṭikkhitto, ukkuṭikopi hoti ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti, phalakaseyyampi kappeti, thaṇḍilaseyyampi kappeti, ekapassayikopi hoti rajojalladharo, abbhokāsikopi ¶ hoti yathāsanthatiko, vekaṭikopi hoti vikaṭabhojanānuyogamanuyutto, apānakopi hoti apānakattamanuyutto, sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, nigrodha, yadi evaṃ sante tapojigucchā paripuṇṇā vā hoti aparipuṇṇā vā’’ti? ‘‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante tapojigucchā paripuṇṇā hoti, no aparipuṇṇā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ paripuṇṇāyapi kho ahaṃ, nigrodha, tapojigucchāya anekavihite upakkilese vadāmī’’ti.

58. ‘‘Yathā ¶ kathaṃ pana, bhante, bhagavā evaṃ paripuṇṇāya tapojigucchāya anekavihite upakkilese vadatī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā attānukkaṃseti paraṃ vambheti. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā attānukkaṃseti paraṃ vambheti. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā majjati mucchati pamādamāpajjati [madamāpajjati (syā.)]. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so ¶ tena tapasā majjati mucchati ¶ pamādamāpajjati. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

59. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ ¶ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṃseti paraṃ vambheti. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṃseti paraṃ vambheti. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena majjati mucchati pamādamāpajjati. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena ¶ lābhasakkārasilokena majjati mucchati pamādamāpajjati. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

60. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī bhojanesu vodāsaṃ āpajjati – ‘idaṃ me khamati, idaṃ me nakkhamatī’ti. So yañca [yaṃ hi (sī. pī.)] khvassa nakkhamati, taṃ sāpekkho pajahati. Yaṃ panassa khamati, taṃ gadhito [gathito (sī. pī.)] mucchito ajjhāpanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna ¶ ¶ caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati lābhasakkārasilokanikantihetu – ‘sakkarissanti maṃ rājāno rājamahāmattā khattiyā brāhmaṇā ¶ gahapatikā titthiyā’ti…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

61. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī aññataraṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā apasādetā [apasāretā (ka.)] hoti – ‘kiṃ panāyaṃ sambahulājīvo [bahulājīvo (sī. pī.)] sabbaṃ saṃbhakkheti. Seyyathidaṃ – mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phaḷubījaṃ aggabījaṃ bījabījameva pañcamaṃ, asanivicakkaṃ dantakūṭaṃ, samaṇappavādenā’ti…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī passati aññataraṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā kulesu sakkariyamānaṃ garukariyamānaṃ māniyamānaṃ pūjiyamānaṃ. Disvā tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘imañhi nāma sambahulājīvaṃ kulesu sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti. Maṃ pana tapassiṃ lūkhājīviṃ kulesu na sakkaronti na garuṃ karonti na mānenti na pūjentī’ti, iti so issāmacchariyaṃ kulesu uppādetā hoti…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

62. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī āpāthakanisādī hoti…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī attānaṃ adassayamāno kulesu carati – ‘idampi me tapasmiṃ idampi me tapasmi’nti…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna ¶ ¶ caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī kiñcideva paṭicchannaṃ sevati. So ‘khamati te ida’nti puṭṭho samāno akkhamamānaṃ āha – ‘khamatī’ti. Khamamānaṃ ¶ āha – ‘nakkhamatī’ti. Iti so sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā dhammaṃ desentassa santaṃyeva pariyāyaṃ anuññeyyaṃ nānujānāti…pe… ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

63. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī kodhano hoti upanāhī. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī kodhano hoti upanāhī. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī makkhī hoti paḷāsī [palāsī (sī. syā. pī.)] …pe… issukī hoti maccharī… saṭho hoti māyāvī… thaddho hoti atimānī… pāpiccho hoti pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gato… micchādiṭṭhiko hoti antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato… sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī. Ayampi kho, nigrodha, tapassino upakkileso hoti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, nigrodha, yadime tapojigucchā [tapojigucchāya (?)] upakkilesā vā anupakkilesā vā’’ti? ‘‘Addhā kho ime, bhante, tapojigucchā [tapojigucchāya (?)] upakkilesā [upakkilesā hoti (ka.)], no anupakkilesā. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhante, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco tapassī sabbeheva imehi upakkilesehi samannāgato assa; ko pana vādo aññataraññatarenā’’ti.

64. ‘‘Idha, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ ¶ samādiyati, so tena tapasā na attamano ¶ hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo. Evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā na attānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā na majjati na mucchati na pamādamāpajjati…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

65. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṃ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṃ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati na mucchati na pamādamāpajjati…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

66. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī bhojanesu na vodāsaṃ āpajjati – ‘idaṃ me khamati, idaṃ me nakkhamatī’ti. So yañca khvassa nakkhamati, taṃ anapekkho pajahati. Yaṃ panassa khamati ¶ , taṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī na tapaṃ samādiyati lābhasakkārasilokanikantihetu – ‘sakkarissanti maṃ rājāno rājamahāmattā khattiyā brāhmaṇā gahapatikā titthiyā’ti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

67. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī aññataraṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā nāpasādetā hoti – ‘kiṃ panāyaṃ sambahulājīvo ¶ sabbaṃ saṃbhakkheti. Seyyathidaṃ – mūlabījaṃ khandhabījaṃ phaḷubījaṃ ¶ aggabījaṃ bījabījameva pañcamaṃ, asanivicakkaṃ dantakūṭaṃ, samaṇappavādenā’ti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī passati aññataraṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā kulesu sakkariyamānaṃ garu kariyamānaṃ māniyamānaṃ pūjiyamānaṃ. Disvā tassa na evaṃ ¶ hoti – ‘imañhi nāma sambahulājīvaṃ kulesu sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti. Maṃ pana tapassiṃ lūkhājīviṃ kulesu na sakkaronti na garuṃ karonti na mānenti na pūjentī’ti, iti so issāmacchariyaṃ kulesu nuppādetā hoti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

68. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī na āpāthakanisādī hoti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī na attānaṃ adassayamāno kulesu carati – ‘idampi me tapasmiṃ, idampi me tapasmi’nti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī na ¶ kañcideva paṭicchannaṃ sevati, so – ‘khamati te ida’nti puṭṭho samāno akkhamamānaṃ āha – ‘nakkhamatī’ti. Khamamānaṃ āha – ‘khamatī’ti. Iti so sampajānamusā na bhāsitā hoti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā dhammaṃ desentassa santaṃyeva pariyāyaṃ anuññeyyaṃ anujānāti…pe… evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

69. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī akkodhano hoti anupanāhī. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī akkodhano hoti anupanāhī evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, nigrodha, tapassī amakkhī hoti apaḷāsī…pe… anissukī hoti amaccharī… asaṭho hoti amāyāvī… atthaddho hoti anatimānī… ¶ na pāpiccho hoti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gato… na micchādiṭṭhiko hoti na antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato… na sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti na ādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī. Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī ¶ na sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti na ādhānaggāhī suppaṭinissaggī. Evaṃ so tasmiṃ ṭhāne parisuddho hoti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, nigrodha, yadi evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā vā hoti aparisuddhā vā’’ti? ‘‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā ¶ hoti no aparisuddhā, aggappattā ca sārappattā cā’’ti. ‘‘Na kho, nigrodha, ettāvatā tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca; api ca kho papaṭikappattā [pappaṭikapattā (ka.)] hotī’’ti.

70. ‘‘Kittāvatā ¶ pana, bhante, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tapojigucchāya aggaññeva pāpetu, sāraññeva pāpetū’’ti. ‘‘Idha, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti. Kathañca, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti? Idha, nigrodha, tapassī na pāṇaṃ atipāteti [atipāpeti (ka. sī. pī. ka.)], na pāṇaṃ atipātayati, na pāṇamatipātayato samanuñño hoti ¶ . Na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na adinnaṃ ādiyāpeti, na adinnaṃ ādiyato samanuñño hoti. Na musā bhaṇati, na musā bhaṇāpeti, na musā bhaṇato samanuñño hoti. Na bhāvitamāsīsati [na bhāvitamāsiṃ sati (sī. syā. pī.)], na bhāvitamāsīsāpeti, na bhāvitamāsīsato samanuñño hoti. Evaṃ kho, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti.

‘‘Yato kho, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti, aduṃ cassa hoti tapassitāya. So abhiharati no hīnāyāvattati. So vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti. Byāpādappadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādappadosā cittaṃ parisodheti. Thinamiddhaṃ [thīnamiddhaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ ¶ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti. Vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.

71. ‘‘So ¶ ¶ ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṃ. Tathā tatiyaṃ. Tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena ¶ appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṃ. Tathā tatiyaṃ. Tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, nigrodha. Yadi evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā vā hoti aparisuddhā vā’’ti? ‘‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā hoti no aparisuddhā, aggappattā ca sārappattā cā’’ti. ‘‘Na kho, nigrodha, ettāvatā tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca; api ca kho tacappattā hotī’’ti.

72. ‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tapojigucchāya aggaññeva ¶ pāpetu, sāraññeva pāpetū’’ti. ‘‘Idha, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti. Kathañca, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti…pe… yato kho, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti, aduṃ cassa hoti tapassitāya. So abhiharati no hīnāyāvattati. So vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati…pe… so ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe mettāsahagatena cetasā…pe… karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi ¶ jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi ¶ jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ, tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo ¶ evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, nigrodha, yadi evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā vā hoti aparisuddhā vā’’ti? ‘‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā ¶ hoti, no aparisuddhā, aggappattā ca sārappattā cā’’ti. ‘‘Na kho, nigrodha, ettāvatā tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca; api ca kho phegguppattā hotī’’ti.

73. ‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tapojigucchāya aggaññeva pāpetu, sāraññeva pāpetū’’ti. ‘‘Idha, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti. Kathañca, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti…pe… yato kho, nigrodha, tapassī cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto hoti, aduṃ cassa hoti tapassitāya. So abhiharati no hīnāyāvattati. So vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati…pe… so ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe mettāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ ¶ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena ¶ samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā ¶ paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.

‘‘Taṃ ¶ kiṃ maññasi, nigrodha, yadi evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā vā hoti aparisuddhā vā’’ti? ‘‘Addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante tapojigucchā parisuddhā hoti no aparisuddhā, aggappattā ca sārappattā cā’’ti.

74. ‘‘Ettāvatā kho, nigrodha, tapojigucchā aggappattā ca hoti sārappattā ca. Iti kho, nigrodha [iti nigrodha (syā.)], yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ avacāsi – ‘ko nāma so, bhante, bhagavato dhammo, yena bhagavā sāvake vineti, yena bhagavatā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariya’nti. Iti kho taṃ, nigrodha, ṭhānaṃ uttaritarañca paṇītatarañca, yenāhaṃ sāvake vinemi, yena mayā sāvakā vinītā assāsappattā paṭijānanti ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariya’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte, te paribbājakā unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā ahesuṃ – ‘‘ettha mayaṃ anassāma sācariyakā, na mayaṃ ito bhiyyo uttaritaraṃ pajānāmā’’ti.

75. Yadā ¶ ¶ aññāsi sandhāno gahapati – ‘‘aññadatthu kho dānime aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bhagavato bhāsitaṃ sussūsanti, sotaṃ odahanti, aññācittaṃ upaṭṭhāpentī’’ti. Atha [atha naṃ (ka.)] nigrodhaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘iti kho, bhante nigrodha, yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ avacāsi – ‘yagghe, gahapati, jāneyyāsi, kena samaṇo gotamo saddhiṃ sallapati, kena sākacchaṃ samāpajjati, kena paññāveyyattiyaṃ samāpajjati, suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṃ sallāpāya, so antamantāneva sevati; seyyathāpi nāma gokāṇā pariyantacārinī antamantāneva sevati. Evameva suññāgārahatā samaṇassa gotamassa paññā, aparisāvacaro samaṇo gotamo nālaṃ sallāpāya; so antamantāneva sevati; iṅgha, gahapati, samaṇo gotamo imaṃ parisaṃ āgaccheyya, ekapañheneva naṃ saṃsādeyyāma, tucchakumbhīva naṃ maññe orodheyyāmā’ti. Ayaṃ kho so, bhante, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho idhānuppatto, aparisāvacaraṃ pana naṃ karotha, gokāṇaṃ pariyantacāriniṃ karotha, ekapañheneva naṃ saṃsādetha, tucchakumbhīva naṃ orodhethā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, nigrodho paribbājako tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto ¶ appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

76. Atha kho bhagavā nigrodhaṃ paribbājakaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ maṅkubhūtaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā nigrodhaṃ paribbājakaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, nigrodha, bhāsitā te esā vācā’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ ¶ , bhante, bhāsitā me esā vācā, yathābālena yathāmūḷhena yathāakusalenā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, nigrodha. Kinti te sutaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, evaṃ su te bhagavanto saṃgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ anuyuttā viharanti. Seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā. Seyyathāpi tvaṃ etarahi sācariyako. Udāhu, evaṃ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpāhaṃ etarahī’ti.

‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante. Paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā ¶ , na evaṃ su [nāssu (sī. pī.)] te bhagavanto saṃgamma samāgamma unnādino uccāsaddamahāsaddā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ anuyuttā viharanti. Seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā, seyyathāpāhaṃ etarahi sācariyako. Evaṃ su te bhagavanto araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, seyyathāpi bhagavā etarahī’’’ti.

‘‘Tassa te, nigrodha, viññussa sato mahallakassa na etadahosi – ‘buddho so bhagavā bodhāya ¶ dhammaṃ deseti, danto so bhagavā damathāya dhammaṃ deseti, santo so bhagavā samathāya dhammaṃ deseti, tiṇṇo so bhagavā taraṇāya ¶ dhammaṃ deseti, parinibbuto so bhagavā parinibbānāya dhammaṃ desetī’’’ti?

77. Evaṃ vutte, nigrodho paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yvāhaṃ evaṃ bhagavantaṃ avacāsiṃ. Tassa me, bhante, bhagavā accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā’’ti. ‘‘Taggha tvaṃ [taṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], nigrodha, accayo ¶ accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo maṃ tvaṃ evaṃ avacāsi. Yato ca kho tvaṃ, nigrodha, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi, taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Vuddhi hesā, nigrodha, ariyassa vinaye, yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Ahaṃ kho pana, nigrodha, evaṃ vadāmi –

‘Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā [yathānusiṭṭhaṃ (?)] paṭipajjamāno, yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissati sattavassāni. Tiṭṭhantu, nigrodha, satta vassāni. Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamāno, yassatthāya kulaputtā ¶ sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ ¶ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissati cha vassāni. Pañca vassāni… cattāri vassāni… tīṇi vassāni… dve vassāni… ekaṃ vassaṃ. Tiṭṭhatu, nigrodha, ekaṃ vassaṃ. Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko ahamanusāsāmi ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamāno, yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissati satta māsāni. Tiṭṭhantu, nigrodha, satta māsāni… cha māsāni… pañca māsāni ¶ … cattāri māsāni… tīṇi māsāni… dve māsāni… ekaṃ māsaṃ… aḍḍhamāsaṃ. Tiṭṭhatu, nigrodha, aḍḍhamāso. Etu viññū puriso asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko, ahamanusāsāmi ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamāno, yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissati sattāhaṃ’.

78. ‘‘Siyā kho pana te, nigrodha, evamassa – ‘antevāsikamyatā no samaṇo gotamo evamāhā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, nigrodha, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo eva vo [te (sī. syā.)] ācariyo, so eva vo ācariyo hotu. Siyā kho pana te, nigrodha, evamassa – ‘uddesā no cāvetukāmo samaṇo gotamo evamāhā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, nigrodha ¶ , evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo eva vo uddeso so eva vo uddeso hotu. Siyā kho pana te, nigrodha, evamassa – ‘ājīvā no cāvetukāmo ¶ samaṇo gotamo evamāhā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, nigrodha, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo eva vo ājīvo, so eva vo ājīvo hotu. Siyā kho pana te, nigrodha, evamassa – ‘ye no dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṃ, tesu patiṭṭhāpetukāmo samaṇo gotamo evamāhā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, nigrodha, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Akusalā ceva vo te dhammā [vodhammā (ka.), te dhammā (syā.)] hontu akusalasaṅkhātā ca sācariyakānaṃ. Siyā kho pana te ¶ , nigrodha, evamassa – ‘ye no dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṃ, tehi vivecetukāmo samaṇo gotamo evamāhā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, nigrodha, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kusalā ceva vo te dhammā hontu kusalasaṅkhātā ca sācariyakānaṃ. Iti khvāhaṃ, nigrodha, neva antevāsikamyatā evaṃ vadāmi, napi uddesā cāvetukāmo evaṃ ¶ vadāmi, napi ājīvā cāvetukāmo evaṃ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā [napi ye kho dhammā (sī.), napi ye te dhammā (syā.), napi ye ca vo dhammā (ka.)] akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṃ, tesu patiṭṭhāpetukāmo evaṃ vadāmi, napi ye vo dhammā [napi ye kho dhammā (sī.), napi ye te dhammā (syā.), napi ye ca vo dhammā (ka.)] kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā sācariyakānaṃ, tehi vivecetukāmo evaṃ vadāmi. Santi ca kho, nigrodha, akusalā dhammā appahīnā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā [ponobhavikā (ka.)] sadarā [saddarā (pī. ka.), sadarathā (syā. ka.)] dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā, yesāhaṃ pahānāya dhammaṃ desemi. Yathāpaṭipannānaṃ vo saṃkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodānīyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṃ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme ¶ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’’ti.

79. Evaṃ vutte, te paribbājakā tuṇhībhūtā maṅkubhūtā pattakkhandhā adhomukhā pajjhāyantā appaṭibhānā nisīdiṃsu yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacittā. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘sabbe pime moghapurisā phuṭṭhā pāpimatā. Yatra hi nāma ekassapi na evaṃ bhavissati – ‘handa mayaṃ aññāṇatthampi samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ carāma, kiṃ karissati sattāho’’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā udumbarikāya paribbājakārāme sīhanādaṃ naditvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā gijjhakūṭe pabbate paccupaṭṭhāsi [paccuṭṭhāsi (sī. syā. pī.)]. Sandhāno pana gahapati tāvadeva rājagahaṃ pāvisīti.

80. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā magadhesu viharati mātulāyaṃ. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhaddante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘attadīpā, bhikkhave, viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo.

‘‘Gocare, bhikkhave, caratha sake pettike visaye. Gocare, bhikkhave, carataṃ sake pettike visaye na lacchati māro otāraṃ, na lacchati māro ārammaṇaṃ [āramaṇaṃ (?)]. Kusalānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati.

81. ‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ ¶ , bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi nāma ahosi cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. pī.)] dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni satta ratanāni ¶ ahesuṃ seyyathidaṃ – cakkaratanaṃu ¶ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā ahesuṃ sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena [dhammena samena (syā. ka.)] abhivijiya ajjhāvasi.

82. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘yadā tvaṃ, ambho purisa, passeyyāsi dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ ṭhānā cutaṃ, atha me āroceyyāsī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, so puriso rañño daḷhanemissa paccassosi. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, so puriso bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ ṭhānā cutaṃ, disvāna yena rājā daḷhanemi tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ daḷhanemiṃ etadavoca – ‘yagghe, deva, jāneyyāsi, dibbaṃ te cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ ṭhānā cuta’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi jeṭṭhaputtaṃ kumāraṃ āmantāpetvā [āmantetvā (syā. ka.)] etadavoca – ‘dibbaṃ kira me, tāta kumāra, cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ ṭhānā cutaṃ. Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ – yassa rañño cakkavattissa dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ osakkati ṭhānā cavati, na dāni tena raññā ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ hotīti. Bhuttā kho pana ¶ me mānusakā kāmā, samayo dāni me dibbe kāme pariyesituṃ. Ehi tvaṃ, tāta kumāra, imaṃ samuddapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ paṭipajja. Ahaṃ pana kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ¶ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmī’ti.

83. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi jeṭṭhaputtaṃ kumāraṃ sādhukaṃ rajje samanusāsitvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji. Sattāhapabbajite kho pana, bhikkhave, rājisimhi dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ antaradhāyi.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso yena rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto [muddhāvasitto (sī. syā. pī.) evamuparipi] tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ khattiyaṃ muddhābhisittaṃ etadavoca – ‘yagghe, deva, jāneyyāsi, dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ antarahita’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto dibbe cakkaratane antarahite anattamano ahosi, anattamanatañca paṭisaṃvedesi. So yena rājisi tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājisiṃ etadavoca – ‘yagghe, deva, jāneyyāsi, dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ antarahita’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, rājisi rājānaṃ khattiyaṃ ¶ muddhābhisittaṃ etadavoca – ‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta, dibbe ¶ cakkaratane antarahite anattamano ahosi, mā anattamanatañca paṭisaṃvedesi, na hi te, tāta, dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pettikaṃ dāyajjaṃ. Iṅgha tvaṃ, tāta, ariye cakkavattivatte vattāhi. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ te ariye cakkavattivatte vattamānassa tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṃnhātassa [sīsaṃ nahātassa (sī. pī.), sīsanhātassa (syā.)] uposathikassa uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhavissati sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūra’nti.

84. ‘‘‘Katamaṃ ¶ pana taṃ, deva, ariyaṃ cakkavattivatta’nti ¶ ? ‘Tena hi tvaṃ, tāta, dhammaṃyeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto [garukaronto (sī. syā. pī.)] dhammaṃ mānento dhammaṃ pūjento dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahassu antojanasmiṃ balakāyasmiṃ khattiyesu anuyantesu [anuyuttesu (sī. pī.)] brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu migapakkhīsu. Mā ca te, tāta, vijite adhammakāro pavattittha. Ye ca te, tāta, vijite adhanā assu, tesañca dhanamanuppadeyyāsi [dhanamanuppadajjeyyāsi (sī. syā. pī.)]. Ye ca te, tāta, vijite samaṇabrāhmaṇā madappamādā paṭiviratā khantisoracce niviṭṭhā ekamattānaṃ damenti, ekamattānaṃ samenti, ekamattānaṃ parinibbāpenti, te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripuccheyyāsi pariggaṇheyyāsi – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ, kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajjaṃ, kiṃ sevitabbaṃ, kiṃ na sevitabbaṃ, kiṃ me karīyamānaṃ dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya assa, kiṃ vā pana me karīyamānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya assā’’ti? Tesaṃ sutvā yaṃ akusalaṃ taṃ abhinivajjeyyāsi, yaṃ kusalaṃ taṃ samādāya vatteyyāsi. Idaṃ kho, tāta, taṃ ariyaṃ cakkavattivatta’nti.

85. ‘‘‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto rājisissa paṭissutvā ariye cakkavattivatte [ariyaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ (ka.)] vatti. Tassa ariye cakkavattivatte vattamānassa tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṃnhātassa uposathikassa ¶ uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pāturahosi sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ. Disvāna ¶ rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa etadahosi – ‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ – yassa rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa tadahuposathe ¶ pannarase sīsaṃnhātassa uposathikassa uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhavati sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ ¶ , so hoti rājā cakkavattī’ti. Assaṃ nu kho ahaṃ rājā cakkavattīti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ utarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vāmena hatthena bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena cakkaratanaṃ abbhukkiri – ‘pavattatu bhavaṃ cakkaratanaṃ, abhivijinātu bhavaṃ cakkaratana’nti.

‘‘Atha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṃ puratthimaṃ disaṃ pavatti, anvadeva rājā cakkavattī saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, padese cakkaratanaṃ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā cakkavattī vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ehi kho, mahārāja, svāgataṃ te [sāgataṃ (sī. pī.)] mahārāja, sakaṃ te, mahārāja, anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. Rājā cakkavattī evamāha – ‘pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ nādātabbaṃ, kāmesumicchā na caritabbā, musā na bhāsitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ, yathābhuttañca bhuñjathā’ti. Ye ¶ kho pana, bhikkhave, puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā [anuyuttā (sī. pī.)] ahesuṃ.

86. ‘‘Atha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṃ puratthimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā [ajjhogahetvā (sī. syā. pī.)] paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ pavatti…pe… dakkhiṇaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā pacchimaṃ disaṃ pavatti, anvadeva rājā cakkavattī saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, padese cakkaratanaṃ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā cakkavattī vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, pacchimāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ehi kho, mahārāja, svāgataṃ te, mahārāja, sakaṃ te, mahārāja, anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. Rājā cakkavattī ¶ evamāha – ‘pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ nādātabbaṃ, kāmesumicchā na caritabbā, musā na bhāsitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ, yathābhuttañca bhuñjathā’ti. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, pacchimāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā ¶ ahesuṃ.

87. ‘‘Atha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṃ pacchimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā uttaraṃ disaṃ pavatti, anvadeva rājā cakkavattī saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ ¶ kho pana, bhikkhave, padese cakkaratanaṃ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā cakkavattī vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ehi kho, mahārāja, svāgataṃ te, mahārāja ¶ , sakaṃ te, mahārāja, anusāsa, mahārājā’ti. Rājā cakkavattī evamāha – ‘pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ nādātabbaṃ, kāmesumicchā na caritabbā, musā na bhāsitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ, yathābhuttañca bhuñjathā’ti. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā ahesuṃ.

‘‘Atha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, cakkaratanaṃ samuddapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ abhivijinitvā tameva rājadhāniṃ paccāgantvā rañño cakkavattissa antepuradvāre atthakaraṇapamukhe [aḍḍakaraṇapamukhe (ka.)] akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsi rañño cakkavattissa antepuraṃ upasobhayamānaṃ.

88. ‘‘Dutiyopi kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī…pe… tatiyopi kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī… catutthopi kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī… pañcamopi kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī… chaṭṭhopi kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī… sattamopi kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘yadā tvaṃ, ambho purisa, passeyyāsi dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ ṭhānā cutaṃ, atha me āroceyyāsī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, so puriso rañño cakkavattissa paccassosi. Addasā kho ¶ , bhikkhave, so puriso bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ ¶ ṭhānā cutaṃ. Disvāna yena rājā cakkavattī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ etadavoca – ‘yagghe ¶ , deva, jāneyyāsi, dibbaṃ te cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ ṭhānā cuta’nti?

89. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī jeṭṭhaputtaṃ kumāraṃ āmantāpetvā etadavoca – ‘dibbaṃ kira me, tāta kumāra, cakkaratanaṃ osakkitaṃ, ṭhānā cutaṃ, sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ – yassa rañño cakkavattissa dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ osakkati, ṭhānā cavati, na dāni tena raññā ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ hotīti. Bhuttā kho pana me mānusakā kāmā, samayo dāni me dibbe kāme pariyesituṃ, ehi tvaṃ, tāta kumāra, imaṃ samuddapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ paṭipajja ¶ . Ahaṃ pana kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmī’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī jeṭṭhaputtaṃ kumāraṃ sādhukaṃ rajje samanusāsitvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji. Sattāhapabbajite kho pana, bhikkhave, rājisimhi dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ antaradhāyi.

90. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso yena rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ khattiyaṃ muddhābhisittaṃ etadavoca – ‘yagghe, deva, jāneyyāsi, dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ antarahita’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto dibbe cakkaratane antarahite anattamano ahosi. Anattamanatañca paṭisaṃvedesi; no ca kho rājisiṃ upasaṅkamitvā ariyaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ pucchi. So samateneva sudaṃ janapadaṃ pasāsati. Tassa samatena janapadaṃ pasāsato pubbenāparaṃ ¶ janapadā na pabbanti, yathā taṃ pubbakānaṃ rājūnaṃ ariye cakkavattivatte vattamānānaṃ.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, amaccā pārisajjā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā mantassājīvino sannipatitvā rājānaṃ khattiyaṃ muddhābhisittaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘na ¶ kho te, deva, samatena (sudaṃ) janapadaṃ pasāsato pubbenāparaṃ ¶ janapadā pabbanti, yathā taṃ pubbakānaṃ rājūnaṃ ariye cakkavattivatte vattamānānaṃ. Saṃvijjanti kho te, deva, vijite amaccā pārisajjā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā mantassājīvino mayañceva aññe ca [aññe ca paṇḍite samaṇabrāhmaṇe puccheyyāsi (ka.)] ye mayaṃ ariyaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ dhārema. Iṅgha tvaṃ, deva, amhe ariyaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ puccha. Tassa te mayaṃ ariyaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ puṭṭhā byākarissāmā’ti.

91. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto amacce pārisajje gaṇakamahāmatte anīkaṭṭhe dovārike mantassājīvino sannipātetvā ariyaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ pucchi. Tassa te ariyaṃ cakkavattivattaṃ puṭṭhā byākariṃsu. Tesaṃ sutvā dhammikañhi kho rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahi, no ca kho adhanānaṃ dhanamanuppadāsi. Adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ ¶ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. Tamenaṃ aggahesuṃ. Gahetvā rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa dassesuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, deva, puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto ¶ taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, ambho purisa, paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti [ādiyasīti (syā.)]? ‘Saccaṃ, devā’ti. ‘Kiṃ kāraṇā’ti? ‘Na hi, deva, jīvāmī’ti. Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto tassa purisassa dhanamanuppadāsi – ‘iminā tvaṃ, ambho purisa, dhanena attanā ca jīvāhi, mātāpitaro ca posehi, puttadārañca posehi, kammante ca payojehi, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu [samaṇesu brāhmaṇesu (bahūsu)] uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpehi sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanika’nti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, so puriso rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa paccassosi.

‘‘Aññataropi kho, bhikkhave, puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. Tamenaṃ aggahesuṃ. Gahetvā rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa dassesuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, deva, puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘saccaṃ ¶ kira tvaṃ, ambho purisa, paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti? ‘Saccaṃ, devā’ti. ‘Kiṃ kāraṇā’ti? ‘Na hi, deva, jīvāmī’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto tassa purisassa dhanamanuppadāsi – ‘iminā tvaṃ, ambho purisa, dhanena attanā ca jīvāhi, mātāpitaro ca posehi, puttadārañca posehi, kammante ca payojehi, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpehi sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanika’nti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, so puriso rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa paccassosi ¶ .

92. ‘‘Assosuṃ kho, bhikkhave, manussā – ‘ye kira, bho, paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyanti, tesaṃ rājā dhanamanuppadetī’ti. Sutvāna tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūna mayampi paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyyāmā’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. Tamenaṃ aggahesuṃ. Gahetvā rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa dassesuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, deva, puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti. Evaṃ ¶ vutte, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, ambho purisa, paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti? ‘Saccaṃ, devā’ti. ‘Kiṃ kāraṇā’ti? ‘Na hi, deva, jīvāmī’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa etadahosi – ‘sace kho ahaṃ yo yo paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyissati, tassa tassa dhanamanuppadassāmi, evamidaṃ ¶ adinnādānaṃ pavaḍḍhissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ purisaṃ sunisedhaṃ nisedheyyaṃ, mūlaghaccaṃ [mūlaghacchaṃ (syā.), mūlachejja (ka.)] kareyyaṃ, sīsamassa chindeyya’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto purise āṇāpesi – ‘tena hi, bhaṇe, imaṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ [pacchābāhuṃ (syā.)] gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sunisedhaṃ nisedhetha, mūlaghaccaṃ karotha, sīsamassa chindathā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti ¶ kho, bhikkhave, te purisā rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa paṭissutvā taṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā ¶ dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sunisedhaṃ nisedhesuṃ, mūlaghaccaṃ akaṃsu, sīsamassa chindiṃsu.

93. ‘‘Assosuṃ kho, bhikkhave, manussā – ‘ye kira, bho, paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyanti, te rājā sunisedhaṃ nisedheti, mūlaghaccaṃ karoti, sīsāni tesaṃ chindatī’ti. Sutvāna tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūna mayampi tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpessāma [kārāpeyyāma (syā. pī.) kārāpeyyāmāti (ka. sī.)], tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpetvā yesaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyissāma, te sunisedhaṃ ¶ nisedhessāma, mūlaghaccaṃ karissāma, sīsāni tesaṃ chindissāmā’ti. Te tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpesuṃ, tiṇhāni satthāni kārāpetvā gāmaghātampi upakkamiṃsu kātuṃ, nigamaghātampi upakkamiṃsu kātuṃ, nagaraghātampi upakkamiṃsu kātuṃ, panthaduhanampi [panthadūhanaṃpi (sī. syā. pī.)] upakkamiṃsu kātuṃ. Yesaṃ te adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyanti, te sunisedhaṃ nisedhenti, mūlaghaccaṃ karonti, sīsāni tesaṃ chindanti.

94. ‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullamagamāsi, dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate adinnādānaṃ vepullamagamāsi, adinnādāne vepullaṃ gate satthaṃ vepullamagamāsi, satthe ¶ vepullaṃ gate pāṇātipāto vepullamagamāsi, pāṇātipāte vepullaṃ gate tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ asītivassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ cattārīsavassasahassāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

‘‘Cattārīsavassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. Tamenaṃ aggahesuṃ. Gahetvā rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa dassesuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, deva, puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo ¶ muddhābhisitto taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, ambho purisa, paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti? ‘Na hi, devā’ti sampajānamusā abhāsi.

95. ‘‘Iti ¶ kho, bhikkhave, adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate adinnādānaṃ vepullamagamāsi, adinnādāne vepullaṃ gate satthaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Satthe vepullaṃ gate pāṇātipāto vepullamagamāsi, pāṇātipāte vepullaṃ gate musāvādo vepullamagamāsi ¶ , musāvāde vepullaṃ gate tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ cattārīsavassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ vīsativassasahassāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

‘‘Vīsativassasahassāyukesu ¶ , bhikkhave, manussesu aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. Tamenaṃ aññataro puriso rañño khattiyassa muddhābhisittassa ārocesi – ‘itthannāmo, deva, puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyī’ti pesuññamakāsi.

96. ‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate adinnādānaṃ vepullamagamāsi, adinnādāne vepullaṃ gate satthaṃ vepullamagamāsi, satthe vepullaṃ gate pāṇātipāto vepullamagamāsi, pāṇātipāte vepullaṃ gate musāvādo vepullamagamāsi, musāvāde vepullaṃ gate pisuṇā vācā vepullamagamāsi, pisuṇāya vācāya vepullaṃ gatāya tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ vīsativassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ dasavassasahassāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

‘‘Dasavassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ekidaṃ sattā vaṇṇavanto honti, ekidaṃ sattā dubbaṇṇā. Tattha ye te sattā dubbaṇṇā, te vaṇṇavante satte abhijjhāyantā paresaṃ dāresu cārittaṃ āpajjiṃsu.

97. ‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate…pe… kāmesumicchācāro vepullamagamāsi, kāmesumicchācāre vepullaṃ gate tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi ¶ parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi ¶ parihāyamānānaṃ dasavassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ pañcavassasahassāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

98. ‘‘Pañcavassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave ¶ , manussesu dve dhammā vepullamagamaṃsu – pharusāvācā samphappalāpo ca. Dvīsu dhammesu vepullaṃ gatesu tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ pañcavassasahassāyukānaṃ ¶ manussānaṃ appekacce aḍḍhateyyavassasahassāyukā, appekacce dvevassasahassāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

99. ‘‘Aḍḍhateyyavassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu abhijjhābyāpādā vepullamagamaṃsu. Abhijjhābyāpādesu vepullaṃ gatesu tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ aḍḍhateyyavassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ vassasahassāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

100. ‘‘Vassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu micchādiṭṭhi vepullamagamāsi. Micchādiṭṭhiyā vepullaṃ gatāya tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ vassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ pañcavassasatāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

101. ‘‘Pañcavassasatāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu tayo dhammā vepullamagamaṃsu. Adhammarāgo visamalobho micchādhammo. Tīsu dhammesu vepullaṃ gatesu tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ pañcavassasatāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ appekacce aḍḍhateyyavassasatāyukā, appekacce dvevassasatāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

‘‘Aḍḍhateyyavassasatāyukesu, bhikkhave ¶ , manussesu ime dhammā vepullamagamaṃsu. Amatteyyatā apetteyyatā asāmaññatā abrahmaññatā na kule jeṭṭhāpacāyitā.

102. ‘‘Iti ¶ kho, bhikkhave, adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate adinnādānaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Adinnādāne vepullaṃ gate ¶ satthaṃ vepullamagamāsi. Satthe vepullaṃ gate pāṇātipāto vepullamagamāsi. Pāṇātipāte vepullaṃ gate musāvādo vepullamagamāsi. Musāvāde vepullaṃ gate pisuṇā vācā vepullamagamāsi. Pisuṇāya vācāya vepullaṃ gatāya kāmesumicchācāro vepullamagamāsi. Kāmesumicchācāre vepullaṃ gate ¶ dve dhammā vepullamagamaṃsu, pharusā vācā samphappalāpo ca. Dvīsu dhammesu vepullaṃ gatesu abhijjhābyāpādā vepullamagamaṃsu. Abhijjhābyāpādesu vepullaṃ gatesu micchādiṭṭhi vepullamagamāsi. Micchādiṭṭhiyā vepullaṃ gatāya tayo dhammā vepullamagamaṃsu, adhammarāgo visamalobho micchādhammo. Tīsu dhammesu vepullaṃ gatesu ime dhammā vepullamagamaṃsu, amatteyyatā apetteyyatā asāmaññatā abrahmaññatā na kule jeṭṭhāpacāyitā. Imesu dhammesu vepullaṃ gatesu tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyupi parihāyi, vaṇṇopi parihāyi. Tesaṃ āyunāpi parihāyamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi parihāyamānānaṃ aḍḍhateyyavassasatāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ vassasatāyukā puttā ahesuṃ.

103. ‘‘Bhavissati ¶ , bhikkhave, so samayo, yaṃ imesaṃ manussānaṃ dasavassāyukā puttā bhavissanti. Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu pañcavassikā [pañcamāsikā (ka. sī.)] kumārikā alaṃpateyyā bhavissanti. Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu imāni rasāni antaradhāyissanti, seyyathidaṃ, sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ loṇaṃ. Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu kudrūsako aggaṃ bhojanānaṃ [aggabhojanaṃ (syā.)] bhavissati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, etarahi sālimaṃsodano aggaṃ bhojanānaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, dasavassāyukesu manussesu kudrūsako aggaṃ bhojanānaṃ bhavissati.

‘‘Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu dasa kusalakammapathā sabbena sabbaṃ antaradhāyissanti, dasa akusalakammapathā atibyādippissanti [ativiya dippissanti (syā. pī.), ativyādippissanti (sī.)]. Dasavassāyukesu ¶ , bhikkhave, manussesu kusalantipi na bhavissati, kuto pana kusalassa kārako. Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ye te bhavissanti amatteyyā ¶ apetteyyā asāmaññā abrahmaññā na kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino, te pujjā ca bhavissanti pāsaṃsā ca. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, etarahi matteyyā petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino pujjā ca pāsaṃsā ca; evameva kho, bhikkhave, dasavassāyukesu manussesu ye te bhavissanti amatteyyā apetteyyā asāmaññā abrahmaññā na kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino, te pujjā ca bhavissanti pāsaṃsā ca.

‘‘Dasavassāyukesu ¶ , bhikkhave, manussesu na bhavissati mātāti ¶ vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṃ dārāti vā. Sambhedaṃ loko gamissati yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā [soṇasigālā (sī. pī.)].

‘‘Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu tesaṃ sattānaṃ aññamaññamhi tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṃ vadhakacittaṃ. Mātupi puttamhi puttassapi mātari; pitupi puttamhi puttassapi pitari; bhātupi bhaginiyā bhaginiyāpi bhātari tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṃ vadhakacittaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, māgavikassa migaṃ disvā tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito hoti tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṃ vadhakacittaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, dasavassāyukesu manussesu tesaṃ sattānaṃ aññamaññamhi tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṃ vadhakacittaṃ. Mātupi puttamhi puttassapi mātari; pitupi puttamhi puttassapi pitari; bhātupi bhaginiyā bhaginiyāpi bhātari tibbo āghāto ¶ paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṃ vadhakacittaṃ.

104. ‘‘Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu sattāhaṃ satthantarakappo bhavissati. Te aññamaññamhi migasaññaṃ paṭilabhissanti. Tesaṃ tiṇhāni ¶ satthāni ¶ hatthesu pātubhavissanti. Te tiṇhena satthena ‘esa migo esa migo’ti aññamaññaṃ jīvitā voropessanti.

‘‘Atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ ekaccānaṃ evaṃ bhavissati – ‘mā ca mayaṃ kañci [kiñci (ka.)], mā ca amhe koci, yaṃnūna mayaṃ tiṇagahanaṃ vā vanagahanaṃ vā rukkhagahanaṃ vā nadīviduggaṃ vā pabbatavisamaṃ vā pavisitvā vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpeyyāmā’ti. Te tiṇagahanaṃ vā vanagahanaṃ vā rukkhagahanaṃ vā nadīviduggaṃ vā pabbatavisamaṃ vā [te tiṇagahanaṃ vanagahanaṃ rukkhagahanaṃ nadīviduggaṃ pabbatavisamaṃ (sī. pī.)] pavisitvā sattāhaṃ vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpessanti. Te tassa sattāhassa accayena tiṇagahanā vanagahanā rukkhagahanā nadīviduggā pabbatavisamā nikkhamitvā aññamaññaṃ āliṅgitvā sabhāgāyissanti samassāsissanti – ‘diṭṭhā, bho, sattā jīvasi, diṭṭhā, bho, sattā jīvasī’ti.

105. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ bhavissati – ‘mayaṃ kho akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evarūpaṃ āyataṃ ñātikkhayaṃ pattā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ kusalaṃ kareyyāma. Kiṃ kusalaṃ kareyyāma? Yaṃnūna mayaṃ pāṇātipātā virameyyāma, idaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya vatteyyāmā’ti. Te pāṇātipātā viramissanti, idaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya vattissanti. Te kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samādānahetu āyunāpi vaḍḍhissanti, vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhissanti ¶ . Tesaṃ āyunāpi vaḍḍhamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhamānānaṃ dasavassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ vīsativassāyukā puttā bhavissanti.

‘‘Atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ bhavissati – ‘mayaṃ kho kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ¶ samādānahetu āyunāpi vaḍḍhāma, vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhāma. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ bhiyyosomattāya kusalaṃ kareyyāma. Kiṃ kusalaṃ kareyyāma? Yaṃnūna mayaṃ adinnādānā virameyyāma… kāmesumicchācārā virameyyāma… musāvādā virameyyāma… pisuṇāya vācāya virameyyāma… pharusāya vācāya virameyyāma… samphappalāpā virameyyāma… abhijjhaṃ pajaheyyāma… byāpādaṃ pajaheyyāma… micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajaheyyāma… tayo dhamme pajaheyyāma – adhammarāgaṃ visamalobhaṃ micchādhammaṃ… yaṃnūna mayaṃ matteyyā assāma petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino, idaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya vatteyyāmā’ti. Te matteyyā bhavissanti petteyyā sāmaññā ¶ brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino, idaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya vattissanti.

‘‘Te kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samādānahetu āyunāpi vaḍḍhissanti, vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhissanti. Tesaṃ āyunāpi vaḍḍhamānānaṃ vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhamānānaṃ vīsativassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ cattārīsavassāyukā puttā bhavissanti… cattārīsavassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ asītivassāyukā puttā bhavissanti… asītivassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ saṭṭhivassasatāyukā puttā bhavissanti… saṭṭhivassasatāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ vīsatitivassasatāyukā puttā bhavissanti… vīsatitivassasatāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ cattārīsachabbassasatāyukā puttā bhavissanti. Cattārīsachabbassasatāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ dvevassasahassāyukā puttā bhavissanti… dvevassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ cattārivassasahassāyukā ¶ puttā bhavissanti… cattārivassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ aṭṭhavassasahassāyukā puttā bhavissanti… aṭṭhavassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ vīsativassasahassāyukā puttā bhavissanti… vīsativassasahassāyukānaṃ ¶ manussānaṃ cattārīsavassasahassāyukā ¶ puttā bhavissanti… cattārīsavassasahassāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ asītivassasahassāyukā puttā bhavissanti… asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu pañcavassasatikā kumārikā alaṃpateyyā bhavissanti.

106. ‘‘Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu tayo ābādhā bhavissanti, icchā, anasanaṃ, jarā. Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ayaṃ jambudīpo iddho ceva bhavissati phīto ca, kukkuṭasampātikā gāmanigamarājadhāniyo [gāmanigamajanapadā rājadhāniyo (ka.)]. Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ayaṃ jambudīpo avīci maññe phuṭo bhavissati manussehi, seyyathāpi naḷavanaṃ vā saravanaṃ [sāravanaṃ (syā.)] vā. Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ayaṃ bārāṇasī ketumatī nāma rājadhānī bhavissati iddhā ceva phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ¶ imasmiṃ jambudīpe caturāsītinagarasahassāni bhavissanti ketumatīrājadhānīpamukhāni. Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu ketumatiyā rājadhāniyā saṅkho nāma rājā uppajjissati cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto ¶ vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavissanti, seyyathidaṃ, cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavissanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasissati.

107. ‘‘Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu metteyyo ¶ nāma bhagavā loke uppajjissati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. Seyyathāpāhametarahi loke uppanno arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ ¶ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedessati, seyyathāpāhametarahi imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedemi. So dhammaṃ desessati ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessati; seyyathāpāhametarahi dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsemi. So anekasahassaṃ [anekasatasahassaṃ (ka.)] bhikkhusaṃghaṃ ¶ pariharissati, seyyathāpāhametarahi anekasataṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pariharāmi.

108. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, saṅkho nāma rājā yo so yūpo raññā mahāpanādena kārāpito. Taṃ yūpaṃ ussāpetvā ajjhāvasitvā taṃ datvā ¶ vissajjitvā samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṃ dānaṃ datvā metteyyassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā ¶ anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissati.

109. ‘‘Attadīpā, bhikkhave, viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ ¶ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo.

110. ‘‘Gocare, bhikkhave, caratha sake pettike visaye. Gocare, bhikkhave, carantā sake pettike visaye āyunāpi vaḍḍhissatha, vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhissatha, sukhenapi vaḍḍhissatha, bhogenapi vaḍḍhissatha, balenapi vaḍḍhissatha.

‘‘Kiñca ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhuno āyusmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, vīriyasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, cittasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. So imesaṃ catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno āyusmiṃ.

‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno vaṇṇasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto ¶ viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu ¶ bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno vaṇṇasmiṃ.

‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sukhasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno, sukhasmiṃ.

‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhogasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā ¶ viharati tathā dutiyaṃ. Tathā tatiyaṃ. Tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṃ. Tathā tatiyaṃ. Tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhogasmiṃ.

‘‘Kiñca ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhuno balasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno balasmiṃ.

‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekabalampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ duppasahaṃ, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, mārabalaṃ. Kusalānaṃ ¶ , bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

111. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Tena kho pana samayena vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā bhikkhūsu parivasanti bhikkhubhāvaṃ ākaṅkhamānā. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṃ [pāsādacchāyāyaṃ (ka.)] abbhokāse caṅkamati.

112. Addasā kho vāseṭṭho bhagavantaṃ sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitaṃ pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṃ abbhokāse caṅkamantaṃ. Disvāna bhāradvājaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso bhāradvāja, bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṃ abbhokāse caṅkamati. Āyāmāvuso bhāradvāja, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; appeva nāma labheyyāma bhagavato santikā [sammukhā (syā. ka.)] dhammiṃ kathaṃ savanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho bhāradvājo vāseṭṭhassa paccassosi.

113. Atha kho vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṃ caṅkamantaṃ anucaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā vāseṭṭhaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tumhe ¶ khvattha, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇajaccā brāhmaṇakulīnā brāhmaṇakulā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, kacci vo, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇā na akkosanti na paribhāsantī’’ti? ‘‘Taggha no, bhante, brāhmaṇā akkosanti paribhāsanti attarūpāya paribhāsāya ¶ paripuṇṇāya, no aparipuṇṇāyā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana vo, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇā akkosanti paribhāsanti attarūpāya paribhāsāya paripuṇṇāya, no aparipuṇṇāyā’’ti? ‘‘Brāhmaṇā, bhante, evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe vaṇṇā [hīno añño vaṇṇo (sī. pī. ma. ni. 2 madhurasutta)]. Brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo ¶ , kaṇhā ¶ aññe vaṇṇā [kaṇho añño vaṇṇo (sī. pī. ma. ni. 2 madhurasutta)]. Brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā. Brāhmaṇāva [brāhmaṇā (syā.)] brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā. Te tumhe seṭṭhaṃ vaṇṇaṃ hitvā hīnamattha vaṇṇaṃ ajjhupagatā, yadidaṃ muṇḍake samaṇake ibbhe kaṇhe bandhupādāpacce. Tayidaṃ na sādhu, tayidaṃ nappatirūpaṃ, yaṃ tumhe seṭṭhaṃ vaṇṇaṃ hitvā hīnamattha vaṇṇaṃ ajjhupagatā yadidaṃ muṇḍake samaṇake ibbhe kaṇhe bandhupādāpacce’ti. Evaṃ kho no, bhante, brāhmaṇā akkosanti paribhāsanti attarūpāya paribhāsāya paripuṇṇāya, no aparipuṇṇāyā’’ti.

114. ‘‘Taggha vo, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ assarantā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇhā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’ti. Dissanti kho pana, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇiyo utuniyopi gabbhiniyopi vijāyamānāpi ¶ pāyamānāpi. Te ca brāhmaṇā yonijāva samānā evamāhaṃsu ¶ – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇhā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’ti. Te [te ca (syā. ka.)] brahmānañceva abbhācikkhanti, musā ca bhāsanti, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavanti.

115. ‘‘Cattārome, vāseṭṭha, vaṇṇā – khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā. Khattiyopi kho, vāseṭṭha, idhekacco pāṇātipātī hoti adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhī. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, yeme dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā sāvajjā sāvajjasaṅkhātā asevitabbā asevitabbasaṅkhātā naalamariyā naalamariyasaṅkhātā kaṇhā kaṇhavipākā viññugarahitā, khattiyepi te [kho vāseṭṭha (ka.)] idhekacce sandissanti. Brāhmaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… vessopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… suddopi kho, vāseṭṭha, idhekacco ¶ pāṇātipātī hoti adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhī. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, yeme dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā…pe… kaṇhā kaṇhavipākā viññugarahitā; suddepi te idhekacce sandissanti.

‘‘Khattiyopi ¶ kho, vāseṭṭha, idhekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato, samphappalāpā paṭivirato, anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto, sammādiṭṭhī. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, yeme dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā anavajjā ¶ anavajjasaṅkhātā sevitabbā sevitabbasaṅkhātā alamariyā alamariyasaṅkhātā sukkā sukkavipākā viññuppasatthā, khattiyepi te idhekacce sandissanti. Brāhmaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… vessopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… suddopi kho, vāseṭṭha, idhekacco pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… anabhijjhālu ¶ , abyāpannacitto, sammādiṭṭhī. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, yeme dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā anavajjā anavajjasaṅkhātā sevitabbā sevitabbasaṅkhātā alamariyā alamariyasaṅkhātā sukkā sukkavipākā viññuppasatthā; suddepi te idhekacce sandissanti.

116. ‘‘Imesu kho, vāseṭṭha, catūsu vaṇṇesu evaṃ ubhayavokiṇṇesu vattamānesu kaṇhasukkesu dhammesu viññugarahitesu ceva viññuppasatthesu ca yadettha brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇhā aññe vaṇṇā; brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā; brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādā’ti. Taṃ tesaṃ viññū nānujānanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Imesañhi, vāseṭṭha, catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so nesaṃ aggamakkhāyati dhammeneva, no adhammena. Dhammo hi, vāseṭṭha, seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca ¶ .

117. ‘‘Tadamināpetaṃ, vāseṭṭha, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā dhammova seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

‘‘Jānāti ¶ kho [kho pana (ka.)], vāseṭṭha, rājā pasenadi kosalo – ‘samaṇo gotamo anantarā [anuttaro (bahūsu)] sakyakulā pabbajito’ti. Sakyā kho pana, vāseṭṭha, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa anuyuttā [anantarā anuyantā (syā.), anantarā anuyuttā (ka.)] bhavanti. Karonti kho, vāseṭṭha, sakyā raññe pasenadimhi kosale nipaccakāraṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, yaṃ karonti sakyā raññe pasenadimhi kosale nipaccakāraṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ, karoti ¶ taṃ ¶ rājā pasenadi kosalo tathāgate nipaccakāraṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ, na naṃ [nanu (bahūsu)] ‘sujāto samaṇo gotamo, dujjātohamasmi. Balavā samaṇo gotamo, dubbalohamasmi. Pāsādiko samaṇo gotamo, dubbaṇṇohamasmi. Mahesakkho samaṇo gotamo, appesakkhohamasmī’ti. Atha kho naṃ dhammaṃyeva sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ mānento dhammaṃ pūjento dhammaṃ apacāyamāno evaṃ rājā pasenadi kosalo tathāgate nipaccakāraṃ karoti, abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ. Imināpi kho etaṃ, vāseṭṭha, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā dhammova seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

118. ‘‘Tumhe khvattha, vāseṭṭha, nānājaccā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānākulā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā. ‘Ke tumhe’ti – puṭṭhā ¶ samānā ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyāmhā’ti – paṭijānātha. Yassa kho panassa, vāseṭṭha, tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṃhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ, tassetaṃ kallaṃ vacanāya – ‘bhagavatomhi putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāgatassa hetaṃ, vāseṭṭha, adhivacanaṃ ‘dhammakāyo’ itipi, ‘brahmakāyo’ itipi, ‘dhammabhūto’ itipi, ‘brahmabhūto’ itipi.

119. ‘‘Hoti kho so, vāseṭṭha, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṃ loko saṃvaṭṭati. Saṃvaṭṭamāne loke yebhuyyena sattā ābhassarasaṃvattanikā honti. Te tattha honti ¶ manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti.

‘‘Hoti kho so, vāseṭṭha, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena ayaṃ loko vivaṭṭati. Vivaṭṭamāne loke yebhuyyena sattā ābhassarakāyā ¶ cavitvā itthattaṃ āgacchanti. Tedha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti.

120. ‘‘Ekodakībhūtaṃ kho pana, vāseṭṭha, tena samayena hoti andhakāro andhakāratimisā ¶ . Na candimasūriyā paññāyanti, na nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni paññāyanti, na rattindivā paññāyanti, na māsaḍḍhamāsā paññāyanti, na utusaṃvaccharā paññāyanti ¶ , na itthipumā paññāyanti, sattā sattātveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti. Atha kho tesaṃ, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena rasapathavī udakasmiṃ samatani [samatāni (bahūsu)]; seyyathāpi nāma payaso tattassa [payatattassa (syā.)] nibbāyamānassa upari santānakaṃ hoti, evameva pāturahosi. Sā ahosi vaṇṇasampannā gandhasampannā rasasampannā, seyyathāpi nāma sampannaṃ vā sappi sampannaṃ vā navanītaṃ evaṃvaṇṇā ahosi. Seyyathāpi nāma khuddamadhuṃ [khuddaṃ madhuṃ (ka. sī.)] aneḷakaṃ [anelakaṃ (sī. pī.)], evamassādā ahosi. Atha kho, vāseṭṭha, aññataro satto lolajātiko – ‘ambho, kimevidaṃ bhavissatī’ti rasapathaviṃ aṅguliyā sāyi. Tassa rasapathaviṃ aṅguliyā sāyato acchādesi, taṇhā cassa okkami. Aññepi kho, vāseṭṭha, sattā tassa sattassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjamānā rasapathaviṃ aṅguliyā sāyiṃsu. Tesaṃ rasapathaviṃ aṅguliyā sāyataṃ acchādesi, taṇhā ca tesaṃ okkami.

121. ‘‘Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṃ hatthehi āluppakārakaṃ upakkamiṃsu paribhuñjituṃ. Yato kho ¶ te [yato kho (sī. syā. pī.)], vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṃ ¶ hatthehi āluppakārakaṃ upakkamiṃsu paribhuñjituṃ. Atha tesaṃ sattānaṃ sayaṃpabhā antaradhāyi. Sayaṃpabhāya antarahitāya candimasūriyā pāturahesuṃ. Candimasūriyesu pātubhūtesu nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni pāturahesuṃ. Nakkhattesu tārakarūpesu pātubhūtesu rattindivā paññāyiṃsu. Rattindivesu paññāyamānesu māsaḍḍhamāsā paññāyiṃsu. Māsaḍḍhamāsesu paññāyamānesu utusaṃvaccharā paññāyiṃsu. Ettāvatā kho ¶ , vāseṭṭha, ayaṃ loko puna vivaṭṭo hoti.

122. ‘‘Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā [tabbhakkhā (syā.)] tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Yathā yathā kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā rasapathaviṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, tathā tathā tesaṃ sattānaṃ (rasapathaviṃ paribhuñjantānaṃ) [( ) sī. syā. pī. potthakesu natthi] kharattañceva kāyasmiṃ okkami, vaṇṇavevaṇṇatā [vaṇṇavevajjatā (ṭīkā)] ca paññāyittha. Ekidaṃ sattā vaṇṇavanto honti, ekidaṃ sattā dubbaṇṇā. Tattha ye te sattā vaṇṇavanto, te dubbaṇṇe satte atimaññanti – ‘mayametehi vaṇṇavantatarā, amhehete dubbaṇṇatarā’ti. Tesaṃ vaṇṇātimānapaccayā mānātimānajātikānaṃ rasapathavī antaradhāyi. Rasāya pathaviyā antarahitāya sannipatiṃsu. Sannipatitvā anutthuniṃsu – ‘aho rasaṃ, aho rasa’nti! Tadetarahipi ¶ manussā kañcideva surasaṃ [sādhurasaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] labhitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘aho rasaṃ, aho rasa’nti! Tadeva porāṇaṃ aggaññaṃ akkharaṃ anusaranti, na tvevassa atthaṃ ājānanti.

123. ‘‘Atha kho tesaṃ, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṃ rasāya pathaviyā ¶ antarahitāya bhūmipappaṭako pāturahosi. Seyyathāpi nāma ahicchattako, evameva pāturahosi. So ahosi vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno, seyyathāpi nāma sampannaṃ vā sappi sampannaṃ vā navanītaṃ evaṃvaṇṇo ahosi. Seyyathāpi nāma khuddamadhuṃ aneḷakaṃ, evamassādo ¶ ahosi.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā bhūmipappaṭakaṃ upakkamiṃsu paribhuñjituṃ. Te taṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Yathā yathā kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā bhūmipappaṭakaṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, tathā tathā tesaṃ sattānaṃ bhiyyoso mattāya kharattañceva kāyasmiṃ okkami, vaṇṇavevaṇṇatā ca paññāyittha. Ekidaṃ sattā vaṇṇavanto honti, ekidaṃ sattā dubbaṇṇā. Tattha ye te sattā vaṇṇavanto, te dubbaṇṇe satte atimaññanti – ‘mayametehi vaṇṇavantatarā, amhehete dubbaṇṇatarā’ti. Tesaṃ vaṇṇātimānapaccayā mānātimānajātikānaṃ bhūmipappaṭako antaradhāyi.

124. ‘‘Bhūmipappaṭake antarahite padālatā [saddālatā (sī.)] pāturahosi, seyyathāpi nāma kalambukā [kalambakā (syā.)], evameva pāturahosi. Sā ahosi vaṇṇasampannā gandhasampannā rasasampannā, seyyathāpi nāma sampannaṃ vā sappi sampannaṃ vā navanītaṃ evaṃvaṇṇā ahosi. Seyyathāpi nāma khuddamadhuṃ aneḷakaṃ, evamassādā ahosi.

‘‘Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā padālataṃ upakkamiṃsu paribhuñjituṃ. Te taṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Yathā yathā kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā padālataṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, tathā tathā tesaṃ sattānaṃ bhiyyosomattāya kharattañceva kāyasmiṃ okkami, vaṇṇavevaṇṇatā ca paññāyittha. Ekidaṃ ¶ sattā ¶ vaṇṇavanto honti, ekidaṃ sattā dubbaṇṇā. Tattha ye te sattā vaṇṇavanto, te dubbaṇṇe satte ¶ atimaññanti – ‘mayametehi vaṇṇavantatarā, amhehete dubbaṇṇatarā’ti. Tesaṃ vaṇṇātimānapaccayā mānātimānajātikānaṃ padālatā antaradhāyi.

‘‘Padālatāya antarahitāya sannipatiṃsu. Sannipatitvā anutthuniṃsu – ‘ahu vata no, ahāyi vata no padālatā’ti! Tadetarahipi manussā kenaci [kenacideva (sī. syā. pī.)] dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ahu vata no, ahāyi ¶ vata no’ti! Tadeva porāṇaṃ aggaññaṃ akkharaṃ anusaranti, na tvevassa atthaṃ ājānanti.

125. ‘‘Atha kho tesaṃ, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṃ padālatāya antarahitāya akaṭṭhapāko sāli pāturahosi akaṇo athuso suddho sugandho taṇḍulapphalo. Yaṃ taṃ sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya āharanti, pāto taṃ hoti pakkaṃ paṭivirūḷhaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ pāto pātarāsāya āharanti, sāyaṃ taṃ hoti pakkaṃ paṭivirūḷhaṃ; nāpadānaṃ paññāyati. Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā akaṭṭhapākaṃ sāliṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu.

126. ‘‘Yathā yathā kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā akaṭṭhapākaṃ sāliṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, tathā tathā tesaṃ sattānaṃ bhiyyosomattāya kharattañceva kāyasmiṃ okkami, vaṇṇavevaṇṇatā ca paññāyittha, itthiyā ca itthiliṅgaṃ pāturahosi purisassa ca purisaliṅgaṃ. Itthī ¶ ca purisaṃ ativelaṃ upanijjhāyati puriso ca itthiṃ. Tesaṃ ativelaṃ aññamaññaṃ upanijjhāyataṃ sārāgo udapādi, pariḷāho kāyasmiṃ okkami. Te pariḷāhapaccayā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu.

‘‘Ye kho pana te, vāseṭṭha, tena samayena sattā passanti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevante, aññe paṃsuṃ khipanti, aññe seṭṭhiṃ khipanti ¶ , aññe gomayaṃ khipanti – ‘nassa asuci [vasali (syā.), vasalī (ka.)], nassa asucī’ti. ‘Kathañhi nāma satto sattassa evarūpaṃ karissatī’ti! Tadetarahipi manussā ekaccesu janapadesu vadhuyā nibbuyhamānāya [nivayhamānāya, niggayhamānāya (ka.)] aññe paṃsuṃ khipanti, aññe seṭṭhiṃ khipanti, aññe ¶ gomayaṃ khipanti. Tadeva porāṇaṃ aggaññaṃ akkharaṃ anusaranti, na tvevassa atthaṃ ājānanti.

127. ‘‘Adhammasammataṃ ¶ kho pana [adhammasammataṃ taṃ kho pana (syā.), adhammasammataṃ kho pana taṃ (?)], vāseṭṭha, tena samayena hoti, tadetarahi dhammasammataṃ. Ye kho pana, vāseṭṭha, tena samayena sattā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanti, te māsampi dvemāsampi na labhanti gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā pavisituṃ. Yato kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā tasmiṃ asaddhamme ativelaṃ pātabyataṃ āpajjiṃsu. Atha agārāni upakkamiṃsu kātuṃ tasseva asaddhammassa paṭicchādanatthaṃ. Atha kho, vāseṭṭha, aññatarassa sattassa alasajātikassa etadahosi – ‘ambho, kimevāhaṃ vihaññāmi sāliṃ āharanto sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya! Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sāliṃ āhareyyaṃ sakiṃdeva [sakiṃdeva (ka.)] sāyapātarāsāyā’ti ¶ !

‘‘Atha kho so, vāseṭṭha, satto sāliṃ āhāsi sakiṃdeva sāyapātarāsāya. Atha kho, vāseṭṭha, aññataro satto yena so satto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ sattaṃ etadavoca – ‘ehi, bho satta, sālāhāraṃ gamissāmā’ti. ‘Alaṃ, bho satta, āhato [āhaṭo (syā.)] me sāli sakiṃdeva sāyapātarāsāyā’ti. Atha kho so, vāseṭṭha, satto tassa sattassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjamāno sāliṃ āhāsi sakiṃdeva dvīhāya. ‘Evampi kira, bho, sādhū’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, vāseṭṭha, aññataro satto yena so satto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ¶ taṃ sattaṃ etadavoca – ‘ehi, bho satta, sālāhāraṃ gamissāmā’ti. ‘Alaṃ, bho satta, āhato me sāli sakiṃdeva dvīhāyā’ti. Atha kho so, vāseṭṭha, satto tassa sattassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjamāno sāliṃ āhāsi sakiṃdeva catūhāya, ‘evampi kira, bho, sādhū’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, vāseṭṭha, aññataro satto yena so satto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ sattaṃ etadavoca – ‘ehi, bho satta, sālāhāraṃ gamissāmā’ti. ‘Alaṃ, bho satta, āhato me sāli sakideva catūhāyā’ti. Atha kho so, vāseṭṭha, satto tassa sattassa ¶ diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjamāno sāliṃ āhāsi sakideva aṭṭhāhāya, ‘evampi kira, bho, sādhū’ti.

‘‘Yato kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā sannidhikārakaṃ sāliṃ upakkamiṃsu paribhuñjituṃ. Atha kaṇopi ¶ taṇḍulaṃ pariyonandhi, thusopi taṇḍulaṃ pariyonandhi; lūnampi nappaṭivirūḷhaṃ ¶ , apadānaṃ paññāyittha, saṇḍasaṇḍā sālayo aṭṭhaṃsu.

128. ‘‘Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā sannipatiṃsu, sannipatitvā anutthuniṃsu – ‘pāpakā vata, bho, dhammā sattesu pātubhūtā. Mayañhi pubbe manomayā ahumhā pītibhakkhā sayaṃpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhamhā. Tesaṃ no amhākaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena rasapathavī udakasmiṃ samatani. Sā ahosi vaṇṇasampannā gandhasampannā rasasampannā. Te mayaṃ rasapathaviṃ hatthehi āluppakārakaṃ upakkamimha paribhuñjituṃ, tesaṃ no rasapathaviṃ hatthehi āluppakārakaṃ upakkamataṃ paribhuñjituṃ sayaṃpabhā antaradhāyi. Sayaṃpabhāya antarahitāya candimasūriyā pāturahesuṃ, candimasūriyesu pātubhūtesu nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni ¶ pāturahesuṃ, nakkhattesu tārakarūpesu pātubhūtesu rattindivā paññāyiṃsu, rattindivesu paññāyamānesu māsaḍḍhamāsā paññāyiṃsu. Māsaḍḍhamāsesu paññāyamānesu utusaṃvaccharā paññāyiṃsu. Te mayaṃ rasapathaviṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhamhā. Tesaṃ no pāpakānaṃyeva akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā rasapathavī antaradhāyi. Rasapathaviyā antarahitāya bhūmipappaṭako pāturahosi. So ahosi vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno. Te mayaṃ bhūmipappaṭakaṃ upakkamimha paribhuñjituṃ. Te mayaṃ taṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhamhā. Tesaṃ no pāpakānaṃyeva akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā ¶ bhūmipappaṭako antaradhāyi. Bhūmipappaṭake antarahite padālatā pāturahosi. Sā ahosi vaṇṇasampannā gandhasampannā rasasampannā. Te mayaṃ padālataṃ upakkamimha paribhuñjituṃ. Te mayaṃ taṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhamhā. Tesaṃ no pāpakānaṃyeva akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā ¶ padālatā antaradhāyi. Padālatāya antarahitāya akaṭṭhapāko sāli pāturahosi akaṇo athuso suddho sugandho taṇḍulapphalo. Yaṃ taṃ sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya āharāma, pāto taṃ hoti pakkaṃ paṭivirūḷhaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ pāto pātarāsāya āharāma, sāyaṃ taṃ hoti pakkaṃ paṭivirūḷhaṃ. Nāpadānaṃ paññāyittha. Te mayaṃ akaṭṭhapākaṃ sāliṃ paribhuñjantā taṃbhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ aṭṭhamhā. Tesaṃ no pāpakānaṃyeva akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pātubhāvā kaṇopi taṇḍulaṃ pariyonandhi, thusopi taṇḍulaṃ pariyonandhi, lūnampi nappaṭivirūḷhaṃ, apadānaṃ paññāyittha, saṇḍasaṇḍā ¶ sālayo ṭhitā. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ ¶ sāliṃ vibhajeyyāma, mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyāmā’ti! Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā sāliṃ vibhajiṃsu, mariyādaṃ ṭhapesuṃ.

129. ‘‘Atha kho, vāseṭṭha, aññataro satto lolajātiko sakaṃ bhāgaṃ parirakkhanto aññataraṃ [aññassa (?)] bhāgaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyitvā paribhuñji. Tamenaṃ aggahesuṃ, gahetvā etadavocuṃ – ‘pāpakaṃ vata, bho satta, karosi, yatra hi nāma sakaṃ bhāgaṃ parirakkhanto aññataraṃ bhāgaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyitvā paribhuñjasi. Māssu, bho satta, punapi evarūpamakāsī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bho’ti kho, vāseṭṭha, so satto tesaṃ sattānaṃ paccassosi. Dutiyampi kho, vāseṭṭha, so satto…pe… tatiyampi kho, vāseṭṭha, so satto sakaṃ bhāgaṃ parirakkhanto aññataraṃ bhāgaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyitvā paribhuñji. Tamenaṃ aggahesuṃ, gahetvā etadavocuṃ – ‘pāpakaṃ vata, bho satta, karosi, yatra hi nāma sakaṃ bhāgaṃ parirakkhanto aññataraṃ bhāgaṃ adinnaṃ ¶ ādiyitvā paribhuñjasi. Māssu, bho satta, punapi evarūpamakāsī’ti. Aññe pāṇinā pahariṃsu, aññe leḍḍunā pahariṃsu, aññe daṇḍena pahariṃsu. Tadagge kho, vāseṭṭha, adinnādānaṃ paññāyati, garahā paññāyati, musāvādo paññāyati, daṇḍādānaṃ paññāyati.

130. ‘‘Atha kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā sannipatiṃsu, sannipatitvā anutthuniṃsu – ‘pāpakā vata bho dhammā sattesu pātubhūtā, yatra hi nāma ¶ adinnādānaṃ paññāyissati, garahā paññāyissati, musāvādo paññāyissati, daṇḍādānaṃ paññāyissati. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ ekaṃ sattaṃ sammanneyyāma, yo no sammā khīyitabbaṃ khīyeyya, sammā garahitabbaṃ garaheyya, sammā pabbājetabbaṃ pabbājeyya. Mayaṃ panassa sālīnaṃ bhāgaṃ anuppadassāmā’ti.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho te, vāseṭṭha, sattā yo nesaṃ satto abhirūpataro ca dassanīyataro ca pāsādikataro ca mahesakkhataro ca taṃ sattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘ehi, bho satta, sammā khīyitabbaṃ khīya, sammā garahitabbaṃ garaha, sammā pabbājetabbaṃ ¶ pabbājehi. Mayaṃ pana te sālīnaṃ bhāgaṃ anuppadassāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bho’ti kho, vāseṭṭha, so satto tesaṃ sattānaṃ paṭissuṇitvā sammā khīyitabbaṃ khīyi, sammā garahitabbaṃ garahi, sammā pabbājetabbaṃ pabbājesi. Te panassa sālīnaṃ bhāgaṃ anuppadaṃsu.

131. ‘‘Mahājanasammatoti ¶ kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘mahāsammato, mahāsammato’ tveva paṭhamaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Khettānaṃ adhipatīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘khattiyo, khattiyo’ tveva dutiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Dhammena pare rañjetīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘rājā, rājā’ tveva tatiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, evametassa khattiyamaṇḍalassa porāṇena aggaññena akkharena abhinibbatti ahosi tesaṃyeva sattānaṃ, anaññesaṃ. Sadisānaṃyeva, no asadisānaṃ. Dhammeneva, no adhammena. Dhammo hi, vāseṭṭha, seṭṭho janetasmiṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

132. ‘‘Atha kho tesaṃ, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṃyeva [tesaṃ yeva kho vāseṭṭha sattānaṃ (sī. pī.)] ekaccānaṃ etadahosi – ‘pāpakā vata, bho, dhammā sattesu pātubhūtā, yatra hi nāma adinnādānaṃ paññāyissati, garahā paññāyissati, musāvādo paññāyissati, daṇḍādānaṃ paññāyissati, pabbājanaṃ paññāyissati. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ pāpake akusale dhamme vāheyyāmā’ti. Te pāpake akusale dhamme vāhesuṃ ¶ . Pāpake akusale dhamme vāhentīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘brāhmaṇā, brāhmaṇā’ tveva paṭhamaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Te araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭiyo ¶ karitvā paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyanti vītaṅgārā vītadhūmā pannamusalā ¶ sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya gāmanigamarājadhāniyo osaranti ghāsamesamānā [ghāsamesanā (sī. syā. pī.)]. Te ghāsaṃ paṭilabhitvā punadeva araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyanti. Tamenaṃ manussā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ime kho, bho, sattā araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭiyo karitvā paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyanti, vītaṅgārā vītadhūmā pannamusalā sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya gāmanigamarājadhāniyo osaranti ghāsamesamānā. Te ghāsaṃ paṭilabhitvā punadeva araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyantī’ti, jhāyantīti kho [paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyanti jhāyantīti kho (sī. pī.), paṇṇakuṭīsu jhāyantīti kho (ka.)], vāseṭṭha, ‘jhāyakā, jhāyakā’ tveva dutiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Tesaṃyeva kho, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṃ ekacce sattā araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu taṃ jhānaṃ anabhisambhuṇamānā [anabhisaṃbhūnamānā (katthaci)] gāmasāmantaṃ nigamasāmantaṃ osaritvā ganthe karontā acchanti. Tamenaṃ manussā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ime kho, bho, sattā araññāyatane paṇṇakuṭīsu taṃ jhānaṃ anabhisambhuṇamānā gāmasāmantaṃ nigamasāmantaṃ osaritvā ganthe karontā acchanti, na dānime jhāyantī’ti. Na dānime [na dānime jhāyantī na dānime (sī. pī. ka.)] jhāyantīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘ajjhāyakā ajjhāyakā’ tveva tatiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Hīnasammataṃ kho pana, vāseṭṭha, tena samayena hoti, tadetarahi seṭṭhasammataṃ. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, evametassa brāhmaṇamaṇḍalassa porāṇena aggaññena akkharena abhinibbatti ahosi tesaṃyeva sattānaṃ ¶ , anaññesaṃ sadisānaṃyeva no asadisānaṃ dhammeneva ¶ , no adhammena. Dhammo hi, vāseṭṭha, seṭṭho janetasmiṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

133. ‘‘Tesaṃyeva ¶ kho, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṃ ekacce sattā methunaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya visukammante [vissutakammante (sī. pī.), vissukammante (ka. sī.), visuṃ kammante (syā. ka.)] payojesuṃ. Methunaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya visukammante payojentīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘vessā, vessā’ tveva akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, evametassa vessamaṇḍalassa porāṇena aggaññena akkharena abhinibbatti ahosi tesaññeva sattānaṃ anaññesaṃ sadisānaṃyeva ¶ , no asadisānaṃ, dhammeneva no adhammena. Dhammo hi, vāseṭṭha, seṭṭho janetasmiṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

134. ‘‘Tesaññeva kho, vāseṭṭha, sattānaṃ ye te sattā avasesā te luddācārā khuddācārā ahesuṃ. Luddācārā khuddācārāti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘suddā, suddā’ tveva akkharaṃ upanibbattaṃ. Iti kho, vāseṭṭha, evametassa suddamaṇḍalassa porāṇena aggaññena akkharena abhinibbatti ahosi tesaṃyeva sattānaṃ anaññesaṃ, sadisānaṃyeva no asadisānaṃ, dhammeneva, no adhammena. Dhammo hi, vāseṭṭha, seṭṭho janetasmiṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

135. ‘‘Ahu kho so, vāseṭṭha, samayo, yaṃ khattiyopi sakaṃ dhammaṃ garahamāno agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati – ‘samaṇo bhavissāmī’ti. Brāhmaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… vessopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… suddopi kho, vāseṭṭha, sakaṃ dhammaṃ garahamāno ¶ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati – ‘samaṇo bhavissāmī’ti. Imehi kho, vāseṭṭha, catūhi maṇḍalehi samaṇamaṇḍalassa abhinibbatti ahosi, tesaṃyeva sattānaṃ anaññesaṃ, sadisānaṃyeva no asadisānaṃ, dhammeneva no adhammena. Dhammo hi, vāseṭṭha, seṭṭho janetasmiṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

136. ‘‘Khattiyopi ¶ kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā vācāya duccaritaṃ ¶ caritvā manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā micchādiṭṭhiko micchādiṭṭhikammasamādāno [idaṃ padaṃ sī. ipotthakesu natthi] micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Brāhmaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… vessopi kho, vāseṭṭha… suddopi kho, vāseṭṭha… samaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā micchādiṭṭhiko micchādiṭṭhikammasamādāno micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati.

‘‘Khattiyopi ¶ kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena sucaritaṃ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā sammādiṭṭhiko sammādiṭṭhikammasamādāno [idaṃ padaṃ sī. pī. potthakesu natthi] sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Brāhmaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… vessopi kho, vāseṭṭha… suddopi kho, vāseṭṭha… samaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena sucaritaṃ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṃ caritvā manasā sucaritaṃ caritvā sammādiṭṭhiko sammādiṭṭhikammasamādāno sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati.

137. ‘‘Khattiyopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena dvayakārī, vācāya dvayakārī, manasā dvayakārī, vimissadiṭṭhiko vimissadiṭṭhikammasamādāno vimissadiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu [vimissadiṭṭhiko vimissakammasamādāno vimissakammasamādānahetu (syā.), vītimissadiṭṭhiko vītimissadiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu (sī. pī.)] kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī hoti. Brāhmaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha ¶ …pe… vessopi kho, vāseṭṭha… suddopi kho, vāseṭṭha… samaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena dvayakārī ¶ , vācāya dvayakārī, manasā dvayakārī, vimissadiṭṭhiko vimissadiṭṭhikammasamādāno vimissadiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī hoti.

138. ‘‘Khattiyopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto sattannaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanamanvāya diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyati [parinibbāti (ka.)]. Brāhmaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha…pe… vessopi kho vāseṭṭha… suddopi kho, vāseṭṭha ¶ … samaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto ¶ manasā saṃvuto sattannaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanamanvāya diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyati.

139. ‘‘Imesañhi, vāseṭṭha, catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ yo hoti bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano ¶ sammadaññā vimutto so nesaṃ aggamakkhāyati dhammeneva. No adhammena. Dhammo hi, vāseṭṭha, seṭṭho janetasmiṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca.

140. ‘‘Brahmunā pesā, vāseṭṭha, sanaṅkumārena gāthā bhāsitā –

‘‘Sā kho panesā, vāseṭṭha, brahmunā sanaṅkumārena gāthā sugītā, no duggītā. Subhāsitā, no dubbhāsitā. Atthasaṃhitā, no anatthasaṃhitā. Anumatā mayā. Ahampi, vāseṭṭha, evaṃ vadāmi –

Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā vāseṭṭhabhāradvājā bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

141. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati, na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti.

142. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti. Kiṃ te [kiṃ nu (sī. pī.), kiṃ nu kho te (syā.)], sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi ¶ , evaṃpaññā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃvihārī te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Kiṃ pana te [kiṃ pana (sī. pī.)], sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā ¶ , sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā, `evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā…pe… evaṃpaññā… evaṃvihārī… evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Kiṃ ¶ pana te [kiṃ pana (sī. pī.)], sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi, evaṃdhammo…pe… evaṃpañño ¶ … evaṃvihārī… evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ natthi. Atha kiṃ carahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati, na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?

143. ‘‘Na kho me [na kho panetaṃ (syā. ka.)], bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi. Api ca, me [me bhante (sī. pī. ka.)] dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante ¶ , rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ [daḷhuddāpaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ. Tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito byatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā, ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ ¶ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito. Ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta sambojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta sambojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto ¶ satta sambojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho.

144. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhante, yena bhagavā ¶ tenupasaṅkamiṃ dhammassavanāya. Tassa me, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti uttaruttaraṃ paṇītapaṇītaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaṃ. Yathā yathā me, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi uttaruttaraṃ paṇītapaṇītaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaṃ, tathā tathāhaṃ tasmiṃ dhamme abhiññā ¶ idhekaccaṃ dhammaṃ dhammesu niṭṭhamagamaṃ; satthari pasīdiṃ – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno sāvakasaṅgho’ti.

145. ‘‘Aparaṃ ¶ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti kusalesu dhammesu. Tatrime kusalā dhammā seyyathidaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Idha, bhante, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, kusalesu dhammesu. Taṃ bhagavā asesamabhijānāti, taṃ bhagavato asesamabhijānato uttari abhiññeyyaṃ natthi, yadabhijānaṃ añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro assa, yadidaṃ kusalesu dhammesu.

146. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti āyatanapaṇṇattīsu. Chayimāni, bhante, ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni. Cakkhuñceva rūpā [rūpāni (ka.)] ca, sotañceva saddā ca, ghānañceva gandhā ca, jivhā ceva rasā ca, kāyo ceva phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano ceva dhammā ca. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, āyatanapaṇṇattīsu. Taṃ bhagavā asesamabhijānāti, taṃ bhagavato asesamabhijānato uttari abhiññeyyaṃ natthi, yadabhijānaṃ ¶ añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro assa yadidaṃ āyatanapaṇṇattīsu.

147. ‘‘Aparaṃ ¶ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti gabbhāvakkantīsu. Catasso imā, bhante, gabbhāvakkantiyo. Idha ¶ , bhante, ekacco asampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati; asampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti; asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati. Ayaṃ paṭhamā gabbhāvakkanti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati; asampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti; asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati. Ayaṃ dutiyā gabbhāvakkanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati; sampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti; asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati. Ayaṃ tatiyā gabbhāvakkanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati; sampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti; sampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati. Ayaṃ catutthā gabbhāvakkanti. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, gabbhāvakkantīsu.

148. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti ādesanavidhāsu. Catasso imā, bhante, ādesanavidhā. Idha, bhante, ekacco nimittena ādisati – ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te citta’nti. So ¶ bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā ādesanavidhā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati. Api ca kho manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati – ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te citta’nti. So bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. Ayaṃ dutiyā ādesanavidhā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, nāpi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati. Api ¶ ca kho vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ sutvā ādisati ¶ – ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te citta’nti. So bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. Ayaṃ tatiyā ādesanavidhā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco na heva kho nimittena ādisati, nāpi manussānaṃ vā amanussānaṃ vā devatānaṃ vā saddaṃ sutvā ādisati, nāpi vitakkayato vicārayato vitakkavipphārasaddaṃ ¶ sutvā ādisati. Api ca kho avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhiṃ samāpannassa [vitakkavicārasamādhisamāpannassa (syā. ka.) a. ni. 3.61 passitabbaṃ] cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti – ‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā. Tathā imassa cittassa anantarā imaṃ nāma vitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’ti. So bahuṃ cepi ādisati, tatheva taṃ hoti, no aññathā. Ayaṃ catutthā ādesanavidhā. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, ādesanavidhāsu.

149. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti dassanasamāpattīsu. Catasso imā, bhante, dassanasamāpattiyo. Idha, bhante, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte imameva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā ¶ adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghānikā lasikā mutta’nti. Ayaṃ paṭhamā dassanasamāpatti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ ¶ , bhante, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte imameva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā ¶ lomā…pe… lasikā mutta’nti. Atikkamma ca purisassa chavimaṃsalohitaṃ aṭṭhiṃ paccavekkhati. Ayaṃ dutiyā dassanasamāpatti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte imameva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā…pe… lasikā mutta’nti. Atikkamma ca purisassa chavimaṃsalohitaṃ aṭṭhiṃ paccavekkhati. Purisassa ca viññāṇasotaṃ pajānāti, ubhayato abbocchinnaṃ idha loke patiṭṭhitañca paraloke patiṭṭhitañca. Ayaṃ tatiyā dassanasamāpatti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte imameva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā…pe… lasikā mutta’nti. Atikkamma ca purisassa ¶ chavimaṃsalohitaṃ aṭṭhiṃ paccavekkhati. Purisassa ca viññāṇasotaṃ pajānāti, ubhayato abbocchinnaṃ idha loke appatiṭṭhitañca paraloke appatiṭṭhitañca. Ayaṃ catutthā dassanasamāpatti. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, dassanasamāpattīsu.

150. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti puggalapaṇṇattīsu. Sattime, bhante, puggalā. Ubhatobhāgavimutto paññāvimutto kāyasakkhī diṭṭhippatto saddhāvimutto dhammānusārī saddhānusārī. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, puggalapaṇṇattīsu.

151. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ ¶ deseti padhānesu. Sattime, bhante sambojjhaṅgā satisambojjhaṅgo dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo vīriyasambojjhaṅgo pītisambojjhaṅgo passaddhisambojjhaṅgo samādhisambojjhaṅgo ¶ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, padhānesu.

152. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti paṭipadāsu. Catasso imā, bhante, paṭipadā dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññāti. Tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ paṭipadā dukkhā dandhābhiññā, ayaṃ, bhante, paṭipadā ubhayeneva hīnā akkhāyati dukkhattā ca dandhattā ca. Tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ paṭipadā dukkhā khippābhiññā, ayaṃ pana, bhante, paṭipadā dukkhattā hīnā ¶ akkhāyati ¶ . Tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ paṭipadā sukhā dandhābhiññā, ayaṃ pana, bhante, paṭipadā dandhattā hīnā akkhāyati. Tatra, bhante, yāyaṃ paṭipadā sukhā khippābhiññā, ayaṃ pana, bhante, paṭipadā ubhayeneva paṇītā akkhāyati sukhattā ca khippattā ca. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, paṭipadāsu.

153. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti bhassasamācāre. Idha, bhante, ekacco na ceva musāvādupasañhitaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati na ca vebhūtiyaṃ na ca pesuṇiyaṃ na ca sārambhajaṃ jayāpekkho; mantā mantā ca vācaṃ bhāsati nidhānavatiṃ kālena. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, bhassasamācāre.

‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti purisasīlasamācāre. Idha, bhante, ekacco sacco cassa saddho ca, na ca kuhako, na ca lapako, na ca nemittiko, na ca nippesiko, na ca lābhena ¶ lābhaṃ nijigīsanako [jijigiṃsanako (syā.), nijigiṃsitā (sī. pī.)], indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, samakārī, jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto, atandito, āraddhavīriyo, jhāyī, satimā, kalyāṇapaṭibhāno, gatimā, dhitimā, matimā, na ca kāmesu giddho, sato ca nipako ca. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, purisasīlasamācāre.

154. ‘‘Aparaṃ ¶ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti anusāsanavidhāsu. Catasso imā bhante anusāsanavidhā – jānāti ¶ , bhante, bhagavā aparaṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā ‘ayaṃ puggalo yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamāno tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno bhavissati avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Jānāti, bhante, bhagavā paraṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā – ‘ayaṃ puggalo yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamāno tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī bhavissati, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’ti. Jānāti, bhante, bhagavā paraṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā – ‘ayaṃ puggalo yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamāno pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko bhavissati tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā ¶ lokā’ti. Jānāti, bhante, bhagavā paraṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā – ‘ayaṃ puggalo yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamāno āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatī’ti. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, anusāsanavidhāsu.

155. ‘‘Aparaṃ ¶ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti parapuggalavimuttiñāṇe. Jānāti, bhante, bhagavā paraṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā – ‘ayaṃ puggalo tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno bhavissati avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti. Jānāti, bhante, bhagavā paraṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā ¶ – ‘ayaṃ puggalo tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī bhavissati, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’ti. Jānāti, bhante, bhagavā paraṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā – ‘ayaṃ puggalo pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko bhavissati tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā’ti. Jānāti, bhante, bhagavā paraṃ puggalaṃ paccattaṃ yonisomanasikārā – ‘ayaṃ puggalo āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ ¶ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatī’ti. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, parapuggalavimuttiñāṇe.

156. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti sassatavādesu. Tayome, bhante, sassatavādā. Idha, bhante, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathidaṃ, ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekānipi jātisatāni anekānipi jātisahassāni anekānipi jātisatasahassāni, ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī ¶ ¶ evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro ¶ evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. So evamāha – ‘atītaṃpāhaṃ addhānaṃ jānāmi – saṃvaṭṭi vā loko vivaṭṭi vāti. Anāgataṃpāhaṃ addhānaṃ jānāmi – saṃvaṭṭissati vā loko vivaṭṭissati vāti. Sassato attā ca loko ca vañjho kūṭaṭṭho esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhito. Te ca sattā sandhāvanti saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti, atthitveva sassatisama’nti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sassatavādo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathidaṃ, ekampi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ dvepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni tīṇipi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni cattāripi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni pañcapi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni dasapi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni, ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto ¶ evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. So evamāha – ‘atītaṃpāhaṃ addhānaṃ jānāmi saṃvaṭṭi vā loko vivaṭṭi vāti ¶ . Anāgataṃpāhaṃ addhānaṃ jānāmi ¶ saṃvaṭṭissati vā loko vivaṭṭissati vāti. Sassato attā ca loko ca vañjho kūṭaṭṭho esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhito. Te ca sattā sandhāvanti saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti, atthitveva sassatisama’nti. Ayaṃ dutiyo sassatavādo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathidaṃ, dasapi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni vīsampi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni tiṃsampi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni cattālīsampi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭāni, ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. So evamāha – ‘atītaṃpāhaṃ addhānaṃ jānāmi saṃvaṭṭipi loko vivaṭṭipīti; anāgataṃpāhaṃ addhānaṃ jānāmi saṃvaṭṭissatipi loko vivaṭṭissatipīti. Sassato attā ca loko ca vañjho kūṭaṭṭho ¶ esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhito. Te ca sattā sandhāvanti saṃsaranti cavanti upapajjanti, atthitveva sassatisama’nti. Ayaṃ tatiyo sassatavādo, etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, sassatavādesu.

157. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇe. Idha, bhante, ekacco samaṇo vā ¶ brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathidaṃ, ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi ¶ jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe ¶ anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Santi, bhante, devā [sattā (syā.)], yesaṃ na sakkā gaṇanāya vā saṅkhānena vā āyu saṅkhātuṃ. Api ca, yasmiṃ yasmiṃ attabhāve abhinivuṭṭhapubbo [abhinivutthapubbo (sī. syā. pī.)] hoti yadi vā rūpīsu yadi vā arūpīsu yadi vā saññīsu yadi vā asaññīsu yadi vā nevasaññīnāsaññīsu. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇe.

158. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇe. Idha, bhante, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘ime ¶ vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ ¶ nirayaṃ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ ¶ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte ¶ suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇe.

159. ‘‘Aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti iddhividhāsu. Dvemā, bhante, iddhividhāyo – atthi, bhante, iddhi sāsavā saupadhikā, ‘no ariyā’ti vuccati. Atthi, bhante, iddhi anāsavā anupadhikā ‘ariyā’ti vuccati. ‘‘Katamā ca, bhante, iddhi sāsavā saupadhikā, ‘no ariyā’ti vuccati? Idha, bhante, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya…pe… tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti. Ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ ¶ tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse. Pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti, seyyathāpi udake. Udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ. Ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo. Imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati. Yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti. Ayaṃ, bhante, iddhi sāsavā saupadhikā, ‘no ariyā’ti vuccati.

‘‘Katamā pana, bhante, iddhi anāsavā anupadhikā, ‘ariyā’ti vuccati? Idha, bhante, bhikkhu sace ākaṅkhati – ‘paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyya’nti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. Sace ākaṅkhati – ‘appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī ¶ vihareyya’nti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. Sace ākaṅkhati – ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyya’nti, appaṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. Sace ākaṅkhati – ‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī vihareyya’nti, paṭikūlasaññī tattha viharati. Sace ākaṅkhati – ‘paṭikūlañca appaṭikūlañca tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyyaṃ sato sampajāno’ti, upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajāno. Ayaṃ, bhante, iddhi anāsavā anupadhikā ‘ariyā’ti vuccati. Etadānuttariyaṃ, bhante, iddhividhāsu ¶ . Taṃ bhagavā asesamabhijānāti, taṃ bhagavato asesamabhijānato uttari abhiññeyyaṃ natthi, yadabhijānaṃ añño samaṇo ¶ vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro assa yadidaṃ iddhividhāsu.

160. ‘‘Yaṃ ¶ taṃ, bhante, saddhena kulaputtena pattabbaṃ āraddhavīriyena thāmavatā purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena purisadhorayhena, anuppattaṃ taṃ bhagavatā. Na ca, bhante, bhagavā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyutto hīnaṃ gammaṃ pothujjanikaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, na ca attakilamathānuyogamanuyutto dukkhaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Catunnañca bhagavā jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.

161. ‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiya’nti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṃ. ‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññatarā sambodhiya’nti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṃ ¶ . ‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro sambodhiya’nti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, ‘no’ti vadeyyaṃ.

‘‘Sace pana maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiya’nti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, ‘eva’nti vadeyyaṃ. ‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiya’nti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, ‘‘eva’’nti vadeyyaṃ ¶ . ‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiya’nti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ bhante ‘no’ti vadeyyaṃ.

‘‘Sace pana maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kiṃ panāyasmā sāriputto ekaccaṃ abbhanujānāti ¶ , ekaccaṃ na abbhanujānātī’ti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ ¶ – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘‘ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā mayā samasamā sambodhiya’’nti. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘‘bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā mayā samasamā sambodhiya’’nti. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’’ti.

‘‘Kaccāhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ ¶ puṭṭho evaṃ byākaramāno vuttavādī ceva bhagavato homi, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhāmi, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaromi, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo [vādānupāto (sī.)] gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī’’ti? ‘‘Taggha tvaṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puṭṭho evaṃ byākaramāno vuttavādī ceva me hosi, na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhasi, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākarosi, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī’’ti.

162. Evaṃ ¶ vutte, āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. Yatra hi nāma tathāgato evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo, atha ca pana nevattānaṃ pātukarissati! Ekamekañcepi ito, bhante, dhammaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā attani samanupasseyyuṃ, te tāvatakeneva paṭākaṃ parihareyyuṃ. Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. Yatra hi nāma tathāgato evaṃ mahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo. Atha ca pana nevattānaṃ pātukarissatī’’ti!

‘‘Passa kho tvaṃ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. Yatra hi nāma tathāgato evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo, atha ca pana nevattānaṃ pātukarissati’! Ekamekañcepi ito, udāyi, dhammaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā attani samanupasseyyuṃ, te tāvatakeneva paṭākaṃ ¶ parihareyyuṃ. Passa kho tvaṃ, udāyi, ‘tathāgatassa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā. Yatra hi nāma tathāgato evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo, atha ca pana nevattānaṃ pātukarissatī’’’ti!

163. Atha ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tasmā tiha tvaṃ, sāriputta, imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhikkhaṇaṃ bhāseyyāsi bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Yesampi hi, sāriputta, moghapurisānaṃ bhavissati tathāgate kaṅkhā vā vimati vā, tesamimaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā tathāgate kaṅkhā vā vimati vā, sā pahīyissatī’’ti. Iti hidaṃ āyasmā sāriputto ¶ bhagavato sammukhā sampasādaṃ pavedesi. Tasmā imassa veyyākaraṇassa sampasādanīyaṃ tveva adhivacananti.

164. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati vedhaññā nāma sakyā, tesaṃ ambavane pāsāde.

Tena kho pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto [nāthaputto (sī. pī.)] pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato hoti. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāmi, kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānissasi? Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te. Purevacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṃ te viparāvattaṃ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti. Vadhoyeva kho [vadhoyeveko (ka.)] maññe nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu vattati [anuvattati (syā. ka.)]. Yepi nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa sāvakā gihī odātavasanā ¶ , tepi [te tesu (ka.)] nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu nibbinnarūpā [nibbindarūpā (ka.)] virattarūpā paṭivānarūpā, yathā taṃ durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe.

165. Atha kho cundo samaṇuddeso pāvāyaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭho [vassaṃvuttho (sī. syā. pī.)] yena sāmagāmo, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno ¶ kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā…pe… bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe’’ti.

Evaṃ ¶ vutte, āyasmā ānando cundaṃ samaṇuddesaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘atthi kho idaṃ, āvuso cunda, kathāpābhataṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Āyāmāvuso ¶ cunda, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ bhagavato ārocessāmā’’ti [āroceyyāmāti (syā.)]. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo samaṇuddeso āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.

Atha kho āyasmā ca ānando cundo ca samaṇuddeso yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, cundo samaṇuddeso evamāha, ‘nigaṇṭho, bhante, nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato, tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā…pe… bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe’’’ti.

166. ‘‘Evaṃ hetaṃ, cunda, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite ¶ aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite. Idha, cunda, satthā ca hoti asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati na sāmīcippaṭipanno na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattati. So ¶ evamassa vacanīyo – ‘tassa te, āvuso, lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṃ, satthā ca te asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito. Tvañca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi, na sāmīcippaṭipanno, na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattasī’ti. Iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha gārayho, dhammopi tattha gārayho, sāvako ca tattha evaṃ pāsaṃso. Yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya – ‘etāyasmā tathā paṭipajjatu, yathā te satthārā dhammo desito paññatto’ti. Yo ca samādapeti [samādāpeti (sī. ṭṭha.)], yañca samādapeti, yo ca samādapito [samādāpito (sī. ṭṭha.)] tathattāya paṭipajjati. Sabbe te bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evaṃ hetaṃ, cunda, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite.

167. ‘‘Idha ¶ pana, cunda, satthā ca hoti asammāsambuddho, dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme ¶ dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, satthā ca te asammāsambuddho ¶ , dhammo ca durakkhāto duppavedito aniyyāniko anupasamasaṃvattaniko asammāsambuddhappavedito. Tvañca ¶ tasmiṃ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattasī’ti. Iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha gārayho, dhammopi tattha gārayho, sāvakopi tattha evaṃ gārayho. Yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya – ‘addhāyasmā ñāyappaṭipanno ñāyamārādhessatī’ti. Yo ca pasaṃsati, yañca pasaṃsati, yo ca pasaṃsito bhiyyoso mattāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati. Sabbe te bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasavanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, cunda, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite.

168. ‘‘Idha pana, cunda, satthā ca hoti sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati, na sāmīcippaṭipanno, na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘tassa te, āvuso, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ, satthā ca te sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. Tvañca tasmiṃ dhamme na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi, na sāmīcippaṭipanno, na anudhammacārī, vokkamma ca tamhā dhammā vattasī’ti. Iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha pāsaṃso, dhammopi tattha pāsaṃso, sāvako ca tattha evaṃ gārayho. Yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ ¶ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya – ‘etāyasmā tathā paṭipajjatu yathā te satthārā dhammo desito paññatto’ti. Yo ca samādapeti, yañca samādapeti, yo ca samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati. Sabbe te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ ¶ , cunda, hoti svākkhāte dhammavinaye suppavedite niyyānike upasamasaṃvattanike sammāsambuddhappavedite.

169. ‘‘Idha ¶ pana, cunda, satthā ca hoti sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito, sāvako ca tasmiṃ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘tassa te, āvuso, lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṃ, satthā ca te [satthā ca te arahaṃ (syā.)] sammāsambuddho ¶ , dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. Tvañca tasmiṃ dhamme dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharasi sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, samādāya taṃ dhammaṃ vattasī’ti. Iti kho, cunda, satthāpi tattha pāsaṃso, dhammopi tattha pāsaṃso, sāvakopi tattha evaṃ pāsaṃso. Yo kho, cunda, evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ evaṃ vadeyya – ‘addhāyasmā ñāyappaṭipanno ñāyamārādhessatī’ti. Yo ca pasaṃsati, yañca pasaṃsati, yo ca pasaṃsito [pasattho (syā.)] bhiyyoso mattāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati. Sabbe te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, cunda, hoti svākkhāte ¶ dhammavinaye suppavedite niyyānike upasamasaṃvattanike sammāsambuddhappavedite.

170. ‘‘Idha pana, cunda, satthā ca loke udapādi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito, aviññāpitatthā cassa honti sāvakā saddhamme, na ca tesaṃ kevalaṃ paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ āvikataṃ hoti uttānīkataṃ sabbasaṅgāhapadakataṃ sappāṭihīrakataṃ ¶ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Atha nesaṃ satthuno antaradhānaṃ hoti. Evarūpo kho, cunda, satthā sāvakānaṃ kālaṅkato anutappo hoti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Satthā ca no loke udapādi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito, aviññāpitatthā camha saddhamme, na ca no kevalaṃ paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ āvikataṃ hoti ¶ uttānīkataṃ sabbasaṅgāhapadakataṃ sappāṭihīrakataṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Atha no satthuno antaradhānaṃ hotīti. Evarūpo kho, cunda, satthā sāvakānaṃ kālaṅkato anutappo hoti.

171. ‘‘Idha pana, cunda, satthā ca loke udapādi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. Viññāpitatthā cassa honti ¶ sāvakā saddhamme, kevalañca tesaṃ paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ āvikataṃ hoti uttānīkataṃ sabbasaṅgāhapadakataṃ sappāṭihīrakataṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Atha nesaṃ satthuno antaradhānaṃ hoti. Evarūpo kho, cunda, satthā sāvakānaṃ kālaṅkato ananutappo hoti ¶ . Taṃ kissa hetu? Satthā ca no loke udapādi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. Viññāpitatthā camha saddhamme, kevalañca no paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ āvikataṃ hoti uttānīkataṃ sabbasaṅgāhapadakataṃ sappāṭihīrakataṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ ¶ . Atha no satthuno antaradhānaṃ hotīti. Evarūpo kho, cunda, satthā sāvakānaṃ kālaṅkato ananutappo hoti.

172. ‘‘Etehi cepi, cunda, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ hoti, no ca kho satthā hoti thero rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto. Evaṃ taṃ brahmacariyaṃ aparipūraṃ hoti tenaṅgena.

‘‘Yato ca kho, cunda, etehi ceva aṅgehi samannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ hoti, satthā ca hoti thero rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto. Evaṃ taṃ brahmacariyaṃ paripūraṃ hoti tenaṅgena.

173. ‘‘Etehi cepi, cunda, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ hoti, satthā ca hoti thero rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto ¶ , no ca khvassa therā bhikkhū sāvakā honti viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā. Alaṃ samakkhātuṃ saddhammassa, alaṃ uppannaṃ ¶ parappavādaṃ sahadhammehi suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Evaṃ taṃ brahmacariyaṃ aparipūraṃ hoti tenaṅgena.

174. ‘‘Etehi cepi, cunda, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ hoti, satthā ca hoti thero rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto, therā cassa bhikkhū sāvakā honti viyattā ¶ vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā. Alaṃ samakkhātuṃ saddhammassa, alaṃ uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammehi suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. No ca khvassa majjhimā bhikkhū sāvakā honti…pe… majjhimā cassa bhikkhū sāvakā honti, no ca khvassa navā bhikkhū sāvakā honti…pe… navā cassa bhikkhū sāvakā honti, no ca khvassa therā bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti…pe… therā cassa bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti, no ca khvassa majjhimā ¶ bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti…pe… majjhimā cassa bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti ¶ , no ca khvassa navā bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti…pe… navā cassa bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti, no ca khvassa upāsakā sāvakā honti gihī odātavasanā brahmacārino…pe… upāsakā cassa sāvakā honti gihī odātavasanā brahmacārino, no ca khvassa upāsakā sāvakā honti gihī odātavasanā kāmabhogino…pe… upāsakā cassa sāvakā honti gihī odātavasanā kāmabhogino, no ca khvassa upāsikā sāvikā honti gihiniyo odātavasanā brahmacāriniyo…pe… upāsikā cassa sāvikā honti gihiniyo odātavasanā brahmacāriniyo, no ca khvassa upāsikā sāvikā honti gihiniyo odātavasanā kāmabhoginiyo…pe… upāsikā cassa sāvikā honti gihiniyo odātavasanā kāmabhoginiyo, no ca khvassa brahmacariyaṃ hoti iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ…pe… brahmacariyañcassa hoti iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva ¶ devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ, no ca kho lābhaggayasaggappattaṃ. Evaṃ taṃ brahmacariyaṃ aparipūraṃ hoti tenaṅgena.

‘‘Yato ca kho, cunda, etehi ceva aṅgehi samannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ hoti, satthā ca hoti thero rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto, therā cassa bhikkhū sāvakā honti viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā. Alaṃ samakkhātuṃ saddhammassa, alaṃ uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammehi suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Majjhimā cassa bhikkhū sāvakā honti…pe… navā cassa bhikkhū sāvakā honti…pe… therā cassa bhikkhuniyo sāvikā ¶ honti…pe… majjhimā cassa bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti…pe… navā cassa bhikkhuniyo sāvikā honti…pe… upāsakā cassa sāvakā honti…pe… gihī odātavasanā brahmacārino ¶ . Upāsakā cassa sāvakā honti gihī odātavasanā kāmabhogino…pe… upāsikā cassa sāvikā honti gihiniyo odātavasanā brahmacāriniyo…pe… upāsikā cassa sāvikā honti gihiniyo odātavasanā kāmabhoginiyo…pe… brahmacariyañcassa hoti iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ ¶ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ, lābhaggappattañca yasaggappattañca. Evaṃ taṃ brahmacariyaṃ paripūraṃ hoti tenaṅgena.

175. ‘‘Ahaṃ kho pana, cunda, etarahi satthā loke uppanno arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Dhammo ca svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. Viññāpitatthā ca me sāvakā saddhamme, kevalañca tesaṃ paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ āvikataṃ uttānīkataṃ sabbasaṅgāhapadakataṃ sappāṭihīrakataṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Ahaṃ kho pana, cunda, etarahi satthā thero rattaññū cirapabbajito addhagato vayoanuppatto.

‘‘Santi kho pana me, cunda, etarahi therā bhikkhū sāvakā honti viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā. Alaṃ samakkhātuṃ saddhammassa, alaṃ uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammehi suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Santi kho pana me, cunda ¶ , etarahi majjhimā bhikkhū sāvakā…pe… santi kho pana me, cunda, etarahi navā bhikkhū sāvakā…pe… santi kho pana me, cunda, etarahi therā bhikkhuniyo sāvikā…pe… santi kho ¶ pana me, cunda, etarahi majjhimā bhikkhuniyo sāvikā…pe… santi kho pana me, cunda, etarahi navā bhikkhuniyo sāvikā…pe… santi kho pana me, cunda, etarahi upāsakā sāvakā gihī odātavasanā brahmacārino…pe… santi kho pana me, cunda, etarahi upāsakā sāvakā gihī odātavasanā kāmabhogino…pe… santi kho pana me, cunda, etarahi upāsikā sāvikā gihiniyo odātavasanā brahmacāriniyo…pe… santi kho pana ¶ me, cunda, etarahi upāsikā sāvikā gihiniyo odātavasanā kāmabhoginiyo…pe… etarahi kho pana me, cunda, brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ.

176. ‘‘Yāvatā kho, cunda, etarahi satthāro loke uppannā, nāhaṃ, cunda, aññaṃ ekasatthārampi samanupassāmi evaṃlābhaggayasaggappattaṃ yatharivāhaṃ. Yāvatā kho pana, cunda, etarahi saṅgho vā gaṇo vā loke uppanno; nāhaṃ, cunda, aññaṃ ekaṃ saṃghampi samanupassāmi evaṃlābhaggayasaggappattaṃ yatharivāyaṃ, cunda, bhikkhusaṅgho. Yaṃ kho taṃ, cunda, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘sabbākārasampannaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ anūnamanadhikaṃ svākkhātaṃ kevalaṃ paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ suppakāsita’nti. Idameva taṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘sabbākārasampannaṃ…pe… suppakāsita’nti.

‘‘Udako ¶ [uddako (sī. syā. pī.)] sudaṃ, cunda, rāmaputto evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati – ‘passaṃ na passatī’ti. Kiñca ¶ passaṃ na passatīti? Khurassa sādhunisitassa talamassa passati, dhārañca khvassa na passati. Idaṃ vuccati – ‘passaṃ na passatī’ti. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, udakena rāmaputtena bhāsitaṃ hīnaṃ gammaṃ pothujjanikaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ khurameva sandhāya. Yañca taṃ [yañcetaṃ (syā. ka.)], cunda, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘passaṃ ¶ na passatī’ti, idameva taṃ [idamevetaṃ (ka.)] sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘passaṃ na passatī’ti. Kiñca passaṃ na passatīti? Evaṃ sabbākārasampannaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ anūnamanadhikaṃ svākkhātaṃ kevalaṃ paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ suppakāsitanti, iti hetaṃ passati [suppakāsitaṃ, iti hetaṃ na passatīti (syā. ka.)]. Idamettha apakaḍḍheyya, evaṃ taṃ parisuddhataraṃ assāti, iti hetaṃ na passati [na passatīti (syā. ka.)]. Idamettha upakaḍḍheyya, evaṃ taṃ paripūraṃ [parisuddhataraṃ (syā. ka.), paripūrataraṃ (?)] assāti, iti ¶ hetaṃ na passati. Idaṃ vuccati cunda – ‘passaṃ na passatī’ti. Yaṃ kho taṃ, cunda, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘sabbākārasampannaṃ…pe… brahmacariyaṃ suppakāsita’nti. Idameva taṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘sabbākārasampannaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ anūnamanadhikaṃ svākkhātaṃ kevalaṃ paripūraṃ brahmacariyaṃ suppakāsita’nti.

177. Tasmātiha, cunda, ye vo mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, tattha sabbeheva saṅgamma samāgamma atthena atthaṃ byañjanena byañjanaṃ saṅgāyitabbaṃ na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, cunda ¶ , dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, yattha sabbeheva saṅgamma samāgamma atthena atthaṃ byañjanena byañjanaṃ saṅgāyitabbaṃ na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ? Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā ¶ , ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, cunda, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā. Yattha sabbeheva saṅgamma samāgamma atthena atthaṃ byañjanena byañjanaṃ saṅgāyitabbaṃ na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

178. ‘‘Tesañca ¶ vo, cunda, samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ sikkhataṃ [sikkhitabbaṃ (bahūsu)] aññataro sabrahmacārī saṅghe dhammaṃ bhāseyya. Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā atthañceva micchā gaṇhāti, byañjanāni ca micchā ropetī’ti. Tassa neva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ, anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘imassa nu kho, āvuso, atthassa imāni vā byañjanāni etāni vā byañjanāni katamāni opāyikatarāni, imesañca [imesaṃ vā (syā. pī. ka.), imesaṃ (sī.)] byañjanānaṃ ayaṃ vā attho eso vā attho ¶ katamo opāyikataro’ti ¶ ? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘imassa kho, āvuso, atthassa imāneva byañjanāni opāyikatarāni, yā ceva [yañceva (sī. ka.), ṭīkā oloketabbā] etāni; imesañca [imedaṃ (sabbattha)] byañjanānaṃ ayameva attho opāyikataro, yā ceva [yañceva (sī. ka.), ṭīkā oloketabbā] eso’ti. So neva ussādetabbo na apasādetabbo, anussādetvā anapasādetvā sveva sādhukaṃ saññāpetabbo tassa ca atthassa tesañca byañjanānaṃ nisantiyā.

179. ‘‘Aparopi ce, cunda, sabrahmacārī saṅghe dhammaṃ bhāseyya. Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā atthañhi kho micchā gaṇhāti byañjanāni sammā ¶ ropetī’ti. Tassa neva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ, anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘imesaṃ nu kho, āvuso, byañjanānaṃ ayaṃ vā attho eso vā attho katamo opāyikataro’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘imesaṃ kho, āvuso, byañjanānaṃ ayameva attho opāyikataro, yā ceva eso’ti. So neva ussādetabbo na apasādetabbo, anussādetvā anapasādetvā sveva sādhukaṃ saññāpetabbo tasseva atthassa nisantiyā.

180. ‘‘Aparopi ce, cunda, sabrahmacārī saṅghe dhammaṃ bhāseyya. Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā atthañhi kho sammā gaṇhāti byañjanāni micchā ropetī’ti. Tassa neva abhinanditabbaṃ na paṭikkositabbaṃ; anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā so ¶ evamassa vacanīyo – ‘imassa nu kho, āvuso, atthassa imāni vā byañjanāni etāni vā byañjanāni katamāni opāyikatarānī’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘imassa kho, āvuso, atthassa imāneva byañjanāni opayikatarāni, yāni ceva etānī’ti ¶ . So neva ussādetabbo na apasādetabbo; anussādetvā anapasādetvā sveva sādhukaṃ saññāpetabbo tesaññeva byañjanānaṃ nisantiyā.

181. ‘‘Aparopi ce, cunda, sabrahmacārī saṅghe dhammaṃ bhāseyya. Tatra ce tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā atthañceva sammā gaṇhāti byañjanāni ¶ ca sammā ropetī’ti. Tassa ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditabbaṃ anumoditabbaṃ; tassa ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘lābhā no āvuso, suladdhaṃ no āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ passāma evaṃ atthupetaṃ byañjanupeta’nti.

182. ‘‘Na vo ahaṃ, cunda, diṭṭhadhammikānaṃyeva āsavānaṃ ¶ saṃvarāya dhammaṃ desemi. Na panāhaṃ, cunda, samparāyikānaṃyeva āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya dhammaṃ desemi. Diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ cevāhaṃ, cunda, āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya dhammaṃ desemi; samparāyikānañca āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya. Tasmātiha, cunda, yaṃ vo mayā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, alaṃ vo taṃ – yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapa [siriṃsapa (syā.)] samphassānaṃ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṃ. Yo ¶ vo mayā piṇḍapāto anuññāto, alaṃ vo so yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca [cāti (bahūsu)]. Yaṃ vo mayā senāsanaṃ anuññātaṃ, alaṃ vo taṃ yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodana paṭisallānārāmatthaṃ. Yo vo mayā gilānapaccayabhesajja parikkhāro anuññāto, alaṃ vo so yāvadeva uppannānaṃ veyyābādhikānaṃ vedanānaṃ paṭighātāya abyāpajjaparamatāya [abyāpajjhaparamatāyāti (sī. syā. pī.), abyābajjhaparamatāya (?)].

183. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘sukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. Evaṃvādino [vadamānā (syā.)], cunda, aññatitthiyā ¶ paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘katamo so ¶ , āvuso, sukhallikānuyogo? Sukhallikānuyogā hi bahū anekavihitā nānappakārakā’ti.

‘‘Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṃhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro?

‘‘Idha, cunda, ekacco bālo pāṇe vadhitvā vadhitvā attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, cunda, idhekacco ¶ ¶ adinnaṃ ādiyitvā ādiyitvā attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti. Ayaṃ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, cunda, idhekacco musā bhaṇitvā bhaṇitvā attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti. Ayaṃ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, cunda, idhekacco pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Ayaṃ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṃhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. Te vo [te (sī. pī.)] ‘māhevaṃ’ tissu vacanīyā. Na te vo sammā vadamānā vadeyyuṃ, abbhācikkheyyuṃ asatā abhūtena.

184. ‘‘Cattārome, cunda, sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti. Katame cattāro?

‘‘Idha ¶ , cunda, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, cunda, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ dutiyo sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, cunda, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ ¶ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ tatiyo sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, cunda, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā ¶ dukkhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ catuttho sukhallikānuyogo.

‘‘Ime kho, cunda, cattāro sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘ime cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. Te vo ‘evaṃ’ tissu vacanīyā. Sammā te vo vadamānā vadeyyuṃ, na te vo abbhācikkheyyuṃ asatā abhūtena.

185. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘ime panāvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṃ viharataṃ kati phalāni katānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā’ti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘ime kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṃ viharataṃ cattāri phalāni cattāro ¶ ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā. Katame cattāro? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ phalaṃ, paṭhamo ānisaṃso. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ ¶ karoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ phalaṃ, dutiyo ānisaṃso. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti, tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ phalaṃ, tatiyo ānisaṃso. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Idaṃ catutthaṃ phalaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso. Ime ¶ kho, āvuso, cattāro sukhallikānuyoge anuyuttānaṃ viharataṃ imāni cattāri phalāni, cattāro ānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti.

186. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati yaṃ aññatitthiyā ¶ paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘aṭṭhitadhammā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā viharantī’ti. Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sāvakānaṃ dhammā desitā paññattā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyā. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, indakhīlo vā ayokhīlo vā gambhīranemo sunikhāto acalo asampavedhī. Evameva kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sāvakānaṃ dhammā desitā paññattā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyā. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññā vimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṃ. Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca ¶ pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyituṃ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṃ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe āgārikabhūto; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu chandāgatiṃ gantuṃ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu dosāgatiṃ gantuṃ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu mohāgatiṃ gantuṃ; abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu bhayāgatiṃ gantuṃ. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññā vimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritu’’nti.

187. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ ¶ ¶ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘atītaṃ kho addhānaṃ ārabbha samaṇo gotamo atīrakaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paññapeti, no ca kho anāgataṃ addhānaṃ ārabbha atīrakaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paññapeti, tayidaṃ kiṃsu tayidaṃ kathaṃsū’ti? Te ca aññatitthiyā ¶ paribbājakā aññavihitakena ñāṇadassanena aññavihitakaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ maññanti yathariva bālā abyattā. Atītaṃ kho, cunda, addhānaṃ ārabbha tathāgatassa satānusāri ñāṇaṃ hoti; so yāvatakaṃ ākaṅkhati tāvatakaṃ anussarati. Anāgatañca kho addhānaṃ ārabbha tathāgatassa bodhijaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati – ‘ayamantimā ¶ jāti, natthidāni punabbhavo’ti. ‘Atītaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, na taṃ tathāgato byākaroti. Atītaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, tampi tathāgato na byākaroti. Atītaṃ cepi cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassa pañhassa veyyākaraṇāya. Anāgataṃ cepi, cunda, hoti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, na taṃ tathāgato byākaroti…pe… tassa pañhassa veyyākaraṇāya. Paccuppannaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, na taṃ tathāgato byākaroti. Paccuppannaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ ¶ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, tampi tathāgato na byākaroti. Paccuppannaṃ cepi, cunda, hoti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassa pañhassa veyyākaraṇāya.

188. ‘‘Iti kho, cunda, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu dhammesu tathāgato kālavādī [kālavādī saccavādī (syā.)] bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. Yañca kho, cunda, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, sabbaṃ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṃ, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati ¶ lapati niddisati. Sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti no aññathā, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. Yathāvādī, cunda, tathāgato tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati. Sadevake loke, cunda, samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccati.

189. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ ¶ ¶ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘abyākataṃ kho, āvuso, bhagavatā ¶ – ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’’nti.

‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘kiṃ panāvuso, na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘etampi kho, āvuso, bhagavatā abyākataṃ – ‘‘na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’’nti.

‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘kiṃ panāvuso, hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘abyākataṃ ¶ kho etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā – ‘‘hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’’nti.

‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘kiṃ panāvuso, neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘etampi kho, āvuso, bhagavatā abyākataṃ – ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’’nti.

‘‘Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘kasmā panetaṃ, āvuso, samaṇena gotamena abyākata’nti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘na hetaṃ, āvuso, atthasaṃhitaṃ na dhammasaṃhitaṃ ¶ na ādibrahmacariyakaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, tasmā taṃ bhagavatā abyākata’nti.

190. ‘‘Ṭhānaṃ ¶ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘kiṃ panāvuso, samaṇena gotamena byākata’nti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘idaṃ dukkhanti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayoti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhoti kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākataṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadāti ¶ kho, āvuso, bhagavatā byākata’nti.

‘‘Ṭhānaṃ ¶ kho panetaṃ, cunda, vijjati, yaṃ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘kasmā panetaṃ, āvuso, samaṇena gotamena byākata’nti? Evaṃvādino, cunda, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā – ‘etañhi, āvuso, atthasaṃhitaṃ, etaṃ dhammasaṃhitaṃ, etaṃ ādibrahmacariyakaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. Tasmā taṃ bhagavatā byākata’nti.

191. ‘‘Yepi te, cunda, pubbantasahagatā diṭṭhinissayā, tepi vo mayā byākatā, yathā te byākātabbā. Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṃ vo ahaṃ te tathā [tattha (syā. ka.)] byākarissāmi? Yepi te, cunda, aparantasahagatā diṭṭhinissayā, tepi vo mayā byākatā, yathā te byākātabbā. Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṃ vo ahaṃ te tathā byākarissāmi? Katame ca te, cunda, pubbantasahagatā diṭṭhinissayā, ye vo mayā byākatā, yathā te byākātabbā. (Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṃ vo ahaṃ te tathā byākarissāmi) [(yathā ca te na byākātabbā) sabbattha]? Santi kho, cunda, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Santi pana, cunda, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘asassato attā ca loko ca…pe… sassato ca asassato ca attā ca loko ca… neva sassato nāsassato attā ca loko ca… sayaṃkato ¶ attā ca loko ca… paraṃkato attā ¶ ca loko ca… sayaṃkato ca ¶ paraṃkato ca attā ca loko ca… asayaṃkāro ¶ aparaṃkāro adhiccasamuppanno attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Sassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… asassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… sassatañca asassatañca sukhadukkhaṃ… nevasassataṃ nāsassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkhaṃ… asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti.

192. ‘‘Tatra, cunda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘atthi nu kho idaṃ, āvuso, vuccati – ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti? Yañca kho te evamāhaṃsu – ‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Taṃ tesaṃ nānujānāmi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Aññathāsaññinopi hettha, cunda, santeke sattā. Imāyapi kho ahaṃ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā samasamaṃ samanupassāmi kuto bhiyyo. Atha kho ahameva tattha bhiyyo yadidaṃ adhipaññatti.

193. ‘‘Tatra, cunda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘asassato attā ca loko ca…pe… sassato ca asassato ca attā ca loko ca… nevasassato nāsassato attā ¶ ca loko ca… sayaṃkato attā ca loko ca… paraṃkato attā ca loko ca… sayaṃkato ca paraṃkato ca attā ca loko ca… asayaṃkāro aparaṃkāro adhiccasamuppanno attā ca loko ca… sassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… asassataṃ ¶ sukhadukkhaṃ… sassatañca asassatañca sukhadukkhaṃ… nevasassataṃ nāsassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ… sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkhaṃ… asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘atthi nu kho idaṃ, āvuso, vuccati – ‘‘asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkha’’’nti? Yañca kho te evamāhaṃsu – ‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Taṃ tesaṃ nānujānāmi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Aññathāsaññinopi hettha, cunda, santeke sattā. Imāyapi kho ahaṃ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā samasamaṃ samanupassāmi kuto bhiyyo. Atha kho ahameva tattha bhiyyo yadidaṃ adhipaññatti. Ime kho te, cunda, pubbantasahagatā diṭṭhinissayā, ye vo mayā byākatā, yathā te byākātabbā ¶ . Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṃ vo ahaṃ te tathā byākarissāmīti [byākarissāmīti (sī. ka.)]?

194. ‘‘Katame ¶ ca te, cunda, aparantasahagatā diṭṭhinissayā, ye vo mayā byākatā, yathā te byākātabbā. (Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṃ vo ahaṃ te tathā byākarissāmī) [( ) etthantare pāṭho sabbatthapi paripuṇṇo dissati]? Santi, cunda, eke ¶ samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘rūpī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Santi pana, cunda, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘arūpī attā hoti…pe… rūpī ca arūpī ca attā hoti… nevarūpī nārūpī attā hoti… saññī ¶ attā hoti… asaññī attā hoti… nevasaññīnāsaññī attā hoti… attā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Tatra, cunda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘rūpī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘atthi nu kho idaṃ, āvuso, vuccati – ‘‘rūpī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’’ti? Yañca kho te evamāhaṃsu – ‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Taṃ tesaṃ nānujānāmi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Aññathāsaññinopi hettha, cunda, santeke sattā. Imāyapi kho ahaṃ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā samasamaṃ samanupassāmi kuto bhiyyo. Atha kho ahameva tattha bhiyyo yadidaṃ adhipaññatti.

195. ‘‘Tatra, cunda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘arūpī attā hoti…pe… rūpī ca arūpī ca attā hoti… nevarūpīnārūpī attā hoti… saññī attā hoti… asaññī attā hoti… nevasaññīnāsaññī ¶ attā hoti… attā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘atthi nu kho idaṃ, āvuso, vuccati – ‘‘attā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṃ maraṇā’’’ti? Yañca kho te, cunda, evamāhaṃsu – ‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Taṃ tesaṃ nānujānāmi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Aññathāsaññinopi hettha, cunda, santeke sattā. Imāyapi kho ahaṃ, cunda, paññattiyā neva attanā ¶ samasamaṃ samanupassāmi, kuto bhiyyo. Atha kho ahameva tattha bhiyyo yadidaṃ adhipaññatti. Ime kho te, cunda, aparantasahagatā diṭṭhinissayā, ye vo mayā byākatā ¶ , yathā te byākātabbā. Yathā ca te na byākātabbā, kiṃ vo ahaṃ te tathā byākarissāmīti [byākarissāmīti (sī. ka.)]?

196. ‘‘Imesañca, cunda, pubbantasahagatānaṃ diṭṭhinissayānaṃ imesañca aparantasahagatānaṃ diṭṭhinissayānaṃ ¶ pahānāya samatikkamāya evaṃ mayā cattāro satipaṭṭhānā desitā paññattā. Katame cattāro? Idha, cunda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Imesañca cunda, pubbantasahagatānaṃ diṭṭhinissayānaṃ imesañca aparantasahagatānaṃ diṭṭhinissayānaṃ ¶ pahānāya samatikkamāya. Evaṃ mayā ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā desitā paññattā’’ti.

197. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Pāsādiko vatāyaṃ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo; supāsādiko vatāyaṃ bhante, dhammapariyāyo, ko nāmāyaṃ bhante dhammapariyāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tasmātiha tvaṃ, upavāṇa, imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ‘pāsādiko’ tveva naṃ dhārehī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.

198. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhaddante’’ti [bhadanteti (sī. syā. pī.)] te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

199. ‘‘Dvattiṃsimāni, bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dveva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavanti; seyyathidaṃ, cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado [vivaṭacchado (syā. ka.), vivattacchado (sī. pī.)].

200. ‘‘Katamāni ca tāni, bhikkhave, dvattiṃsa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa ¶ dveva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā? Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho ¶ loke vivaṭṭacchado.

‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, mahāpuriso suppatiṭṭhitapādo hoti. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāpuriso suppatiṭṭhitapādo hoti, idampi, bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa heṭṭhāpādatalesu cakkāni jātāni honti sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni [sabbākāraparipūrāni suvibhattantarāni (sī. pī.)]. Yampi ¶ , bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa heṭṭhāpādatalesu cakkāni jātāni honti sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni, idampi, bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāpuriso āyatapaṇhi hoti…pe… dīghaṅguli hoti… mudutalunahatthapādo hoti… jālahatthapādo hoti… ussaṅkhapādo hoti… eṇijaṅgho hoti… ṭhitakova anonamanto ubhohi pāṇitalehi jaṇṇukāni parimasati parimajjati… kosohitavatthaguyho hoti… suvaṇṇavaṇṇo hoti kañcanasannibhattaco… sukhumacchavi hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṃ kāye na upalimpati… ekekalomo ¶ hoti, ekekāni lomāni lomakūpesu jātāni… uddhaggalomo hoti, uddhaggāni lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjanavaṇṇāni kuṇḍalāvaṭṭāni [kuṇḍalāvattāni (bahūsu)] dakkhiṇāvaṭṭakajātāni [dakkhiṇāvattakajātāni (sī. syā. pī.)] … brahmujugatto hoti… sattussado hoti… sīhapubbaddhakāyo hoti… citantaraṃso [pitantaraṃso (syā.)] hoti… nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo hoti, yāvatakvassa kāyo tāvatakvassa byāmo yāvatakvassa byāmo tāvatakvassa kāyo… samavaṭṭakkhandho hoti… rasaggasaggī hoti… sīhahanu hoti… cattālīsadanto hoti ¶ … samadanto hoti… aviraḷadanto hoti… susukkadāṭho hoti… pahūtajivho hoti… brahmassaro hoti karavīkabhāṇī… abhinīlanetto hoti… gopakhumo hoti… uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā hoti, odātā mudutūlasannibhā. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā hoti, odātā mudutūlasannibhā, idampi, bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāpuriso uṇhīsasīso hoti. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāpuriso uṇhīsasīso hoti, idampi, bhikkhave, mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘‘Imāni kho tāni, bhikkhave, dvattiṃsa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dveva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace ¶ agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado.

‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dvattiṃsa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni bāhirakāpi isayo ¶ dhārenti, no ca kho te jānanti – ‘imassa kammassa kaṭattā idaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhatī’ti.

201. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno daḷhasamādāno ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, avatthitasamādāno kāyasucarite vacīsucarite manosucarite dānasaṃvibhāge sīlasamādāne uposathupavāse matteyyatāya petteyyatāya sāmaññatāya ¶ brahmaññatāya kule jeṭṭhāpacāyitāya aññataraññataresu ca adhikusalesu dhammesu ¶ . So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā ussannattā vipulattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. So tattha aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhiggaṇhāti dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena ādhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. So tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati. Suppatiṭṭhitapādo hoti. Samaṃ pādaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipati, samaṃ uddharati, samaṃ sabbāvantehi pādatalehi bhūmiṃ phusati.

202. ‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavanti; seyyathidaṃ, cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ akhilamanimittamakaṇṭakaṃ iddhaṃ phītaṃ khemaṃ sivaṃ nirabbudaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati ¶ . Rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Akkhambhiyo [avikkhambhiyo (sī. pī.)] hoti kenaci manussabhūtena ¶ paccatthikena paccāmittena. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati. ‘‘Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. Buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Akkhambhiyo hoti abbhantarehi vā bāhirehi vā paccatthikehi paccāmittehi rāgena vā dosena vā mohena vā samaṇena vā ¶ brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

204. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto ¶ samāno bahujanassa ¶ sukhāvaho ahosi, ubbegauttāsabhayaṃ apanuditā, dhammikañca rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidhātā, saparivārañca dānaṃ adāsi. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā ussannattā vipulattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati. Heṭṭhāpādatalesu cakkāni jātāni honti sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni suvibhattantarāni.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāparivāro hoti; mahāssa honti parivārā brāhmaṇagahapatikā ¶ negamajānapadā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. Buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāparivāro hoti; mahāssa honti parivārā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

Tassānuyantādha [tassānuyuttā idha (sī. pī.), tassānuyantā idha (syā. ka.)] bhavanti khattiyā.

Devāmanussāsurasakkarakkhasā [sattarakkhasā (ka.) sī. syāaṭṭhakathā oloketabbā].

206. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato ahosi nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī vihāsi. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā ussannattā vipulattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni tīṇi mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni ¶ paṭilabhati. Āyatapaṇhi ca hoti, dīghaṅguli ca brahmujugatto ca.

‘‘So ¶ tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Dīghāyuko hoti ciraṭṭhitiko, dīghamāyuṃ pāleti, na sakkā hoti antarā jīvitā voropetuṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena paccāmittena ¶ . Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Dīghāyuko hoti ¶ ciraṭṭhitiko, dīghamāyuṃ pāleti, na sakkā hoti antarā jīvitā voropetuṃ paccatthikehi paccāmittehi samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

‘‘Māraṇavadhabhayattano [maraṇavadhabhayattano (sī. pī. ka.), maraṇavadhabhayamattano (syā.)] viditvā,

208. ‘‘Yampi ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno dātā ahosi paṇītānaṃ rasitānaṃ khādanīyānaṃ bhojanīyānaṃ sāyanīyānaṃ lehanīyānaṃ ¶ pānānaṃ. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati, sattussado hoti, sattassa ussadā honti; ubhosu hatthesu ussadā honti, ubhosu pādesu ussadā honti, ubhosu aṃsakūṭesu ussadā honti, khandhe ussado hoti.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Lābhī hoti paṇītānaṃ rasitānaṃ khādanīyānaṃ bhojanīyānaṃ sāyanīyānaṃ lehanīyānaṃ pānānaṃ. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Lābhī hoti paṇītānaṃ rasitānaṃ khādanīyānaṃ bhojanīyānaṃ sāyanīyānaṃ lehanīyānaṃ pānānaṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ ¶ bhagavā avoca.

210. ‘‘Yampi ¶ ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṃ saṅgāhako ahosi – dānena peyyavajjena [piyavācena (syā. ka.)] atthacariyāya samānattatāya. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni ¶ paṭilabhati. Mudutalunahatthapādo ca hoti jālahatthapādo ca.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Susaṅgahitaparijano hoti, susaṅgahitāssa honti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamajānapadā ¶ gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Susaṅgahitaparijano hoti, susaṅgahitāssa honti bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

‘‘Dānampi catthacariyatañca [dānampi ca atthacariyatampi ca (sī. pī.)],

Piyavāditañca samānattatañca [piyavadatañca samānachandatañca (sī. pī.)];

212. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno [samāno bahuno janassa (sī. pī.)] atthūpasaṃhitaṃ dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā ahosi, bahujanaṃ nidaṃsesi, pāṇīnaṃ hitasukhāvaho dhammayāgī. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati. Ussaṅkhapādo ca hoti, uddhaggalomo ca.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato, sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Aggo ca hoti seṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca kāmabhogīnaṃ. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Aggo ca hoti seṭṭho ca pāmokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca sabbasattānaṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

‘‘Atthadhammasahitaṃ ¶ [atthadhammasaṃhitaṃ (ka. sī. pī.), atthadhammupasaṃhitaṃ (ka.)] pure giraṃ,

Uttamappamukhatāya [uttamasukhatāya (syā.), uttamapamukkhatāya (ka.)] vindati.

Uparicaraṇasobhanā [uparijānusobhanā (syā.), upari ca pana sobhanā (sī. pī.)] ahu.

214. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno sakkaccaṃ vācetā ahosi sippaṃ vā vijjaṃ vā caraṇaṃ vā kammaṃ vā – ‘kiṃ time khippaṃ vijāneyyuṃ, khippaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ, na ciraṃ kilisseyyu’’nti. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno ¶ imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati. Eṇijaṅgho hoti.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Yāni tāni rājārahāni rājaṅgāni rājūpabhogāni ¶ rājānucchavikāni tāni khippaṃ paṭilabhati. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Yāni ¶ tāni samaṇārahāni samaṇaṅgāni samaṇūpabhogāni samaṇānucchavikāni, tāni khippaṃ paṭilabhati. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

Kathaṃ vijāneyyuṃ [vijāneyya (sī. pī.), vijāneyyu (syā.)] lahunti icchati;

216. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto ¶ samāno samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā paripucchitā ahosi – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ, kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajjaṃ, kiṃ sevitabbaṃ, kiṃ na sevitabbaṃ, kiṃ me karīyamānaṃ dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya assa, kiṃ vā pana me karīyamānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya ¶ assā’’ti. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati. Sukhumacchavi ¶ hoti, sukhumattā chaviyā rajojallaṃ kāye na upalimpati.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāpañño hoti, nāssa hoti koci paññāya sadiso vā seṭṭho vā kāmabhogīnaṃ. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāpañño hoti puthupañño hāsapañño [hāsupañño (sī. pī.)] javanapañño tikkhapañño nibbedhikapañño, nāssa hoti koci paññāya sadiso vā seṭṭho vā sabbasattānaṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

‘‘Paññāpaṭilābhagatena [paññāpaṭilābhakatena (sī. pī.) ṭīkā oloketabbā] kammunā,

218. ‘‘Yampi ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno akkodhano ahosi anupāyāsabahulo, bahumpi vutto samāno nābhisajji na kuppi na byāpajji na ¶ patitthīyi, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātvākāsi. Dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ [pāpuraṇānaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati. Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo hoti kañcanasannibhattaco.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Lābhī hoti sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Lābhī hoti sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

Paṭilabhati vimala [vipula (syā.), vipulaṃ (sī. pī.)] sukhumacchaviṃ suciñca.

220. Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno cirappanaṭṭhe sucirappavāsino ñātimitte suhajje sakhino samānetā ahosi. Mātarampi puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi mātarā samānetā ahosi, pitarampi ¶ puttena samānetā ahosi, puttampi pitarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhātarampi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhātarā samānetā ahosi, bhaginimpi bhaginiyā samānetā ahosi, samaṅgīkatvā [samaggiṃ katvā (sī. syā. pī.)] ca abbhanumoditā ahosi. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati – kosohitavatthaguyho hoti.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Pahūtaputto hoti, parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti ¶ sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno ¶ kiṃ labhati? Pahūtaputto hoti, anekasahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

222. ‘‘Yampi ¶ ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno mahājanasaṅgahaṃ [mahājanasaṅgāhakaṃ (ka.)] samekkhamāno [samapekkhamāno (ka.)] samaṃ jānāti sāmaṃ jānāti, purisaṃ jānāti purisavisesaṃ jānāti – ‘ayamidamarahati ayamidamarahatī’ti tattha tattha purisavisesakaro ahosi. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ ¶ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati. Nigrodha parimaṇḍalo ca hoti, ṭhitakoyeva ca anonamanto ubhohi pāṇitalehi jaṇṇukāni parimasati parimajjati.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati ¶ ? Aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo pahūtajātarūparajato pahūtavittūpakaraṇo pahūtadhanadhañño paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati…pe… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo. Tassimāni dhanāni honti, seyyathidaṃ, saddhādhanaṃ sīladhanaṃ hiridhanaṃ ottappadhanaṃ sutadhanaṃ cāgadhanaṃ paññādhanaṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

‘‘Mahiñca ¶ pana [samā ca pana (syā.), sa hi ca pana (sī. pī.)] ṭhito anonamanto,

224. ‘‘Yampi ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno bahujanassa atthakāmo ahosi hitakāmo phāsukāmo yogakkhemakāmo – ‘kintime saddhāya vaḍḍheyyuṃ, sīlena vaḍḍheyyuṃ, sutena vaḍḍheyyuṃ [sutena vaḍḍheyyuṃ, buddhiyā vaḍḍheyyuṃ (syā.)], cāgena vaḍḍheyyuṃ, dhammena vaḍḍheyyuṃ, paññāya vaḍḍheyyuṃ, dhanadhaññena vaḍḍheyyuṃ, khettavatthunā vaḍḍheyyuṃ, dvipadacatuppadehi vaḍḍheyyuṃ, puttadārehi vaḍḍheyyuṃ, dāsakammakaraporisehi vaḍḍheyyuṃ, ñātīhi vaḍḍheyyuṃ, mittehi vaḍḍheyyuṃ, bandhavehi vaḍḍheyyu’nti. So tassa kammassa ¶ kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni tīṇi mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati. Sīhapubbaddhakāyo ca hoti citantaraṃso ca samavaṭṭakkhandho ca.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Aparihānadhammo ¶ hoti, na parihāyati dhanadhaññena khettavatthunā dvipadacatuppadehi puttadārehi dāsakammakaraporisehi ñātīhi mittehi bandhavehi, na parihāyati sabbasampattiyā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Aparihānadhammo hoti, na parihāyati saddhāya sīlena sutena cāgena paññāya, na parihāyati sabbasampattiyā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

Atthassa middhī ca [idaṃ samiddhañca (ka.), addhaṃ samiddhañca (syā.)] panābhikaṅkhati.

Pappoti bodhiṃ asahānadhammata’’nti [sambodhimahānadhammatanti (syā. ka.) ṭīkā oloketabbā].

226. ‘‘Yampi ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno sattānaṃ aviheṭhakajātiko ahosi pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati, rasaggasaggī hoti, uddhaggāssa rasaharaṇīyo gīvāya jātā honti samābhivāhiniyo [samavāharasaharaṇiyo (syā.)].

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Appābādho hoti appātaṅko, samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Appābādho hoti appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā ¶ samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

Samojasā ¶ [sampajjasā (sī. pī.), pāmuñjasā (syā.), sāmañca sā (ka.)] rasaharaṇī susaṇṭhitā,

228. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno na ca visaṭaṃ, na ca visāci [na ca visācitaṃ (sī. pī.), na ca visāvi (syā.)], na ca pana viceyya pekkhitā, ujuṃ tathā pasaṭamujumano, piyacakkhunā bahujanaṃ udikkhitā ahosi. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati. Abhinīlanetto ca ¶ hoti gopakhumo ca.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato, sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Piyadassano hoti bahuno janassa, piyo hoti ¶ manāpo brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ negamajānapadānaṃ gaṇakamahāmattānaṃ ¶ anīkaṭṭhānaṃ dovārikānaṃ amaccānaṃ pārisajjānaṃ rājūnaṃ bhogiyānaṃ kumārānaṃ. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati…pe… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Piyadassano hoti bahuno janassa, piyo hoti manāpo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ devānaṃ manussānaṃ asurānaṃ nāgānaṃ gandhabbānaṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

‘‘Na ca visaṭaṃ na ca visāci [visācitaṃ (sī. pī.), visāvi (syā.)], na ca pana viceyyapekkhitā;

230. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno bahujanapubbaṅgamo ahosi kusalesu dhammesu bahujanapāmokkho kāyasucarite vacīsucarite ¶ manosucarite dānasaṃvibhāge sīlasamādāne uposathupavāse matteyyatāya petteyyatāya sāmaññatāya brahmaññatāya kule jeṭṭhāpacāyitāya aññataraññataresu ca adhikusalesu dhammesu. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati – uṇhīsasīso hoti.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāssa jano anvāyiko hoti, brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamajānapadā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāssa jano anvāyiko hoti, bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ ¶ bhagavā avoca.

232. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato ahosi, saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa ¶ . So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati. Ekekalomo ca hoti, uṇṇā ca bhamukantare jātā hoti odātā mudutūlasannibhā.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato, sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāssa jano upavattati, brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamajānapadā ¶ gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. Rājā ¶ samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Mahāssa jano upavattati, bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

234. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato ahosi. Ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya ¶ , iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā, sahitānaṃ ¶ vā anuppadātā, samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā ahosi. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati. Cattālīsadanto ca hoti aviraḷadanto ca.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Abhejjapariso hoti, abhejjāssa honti parisā, brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamajānapadā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati ¶ … buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Abhejjapariso hoti, abhejjāssa honti parisā, bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

236. ‘‘Yampi ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato ahosi. Yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā ahosi. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati. Pahūtajivho ca hoti brahmassaro ca karavīkabhāṇī.

‘‘So ¶ tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Ādeyyavāco hoti, ādiyantissa vacanaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamajānapadā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Ādeyyavāco ¶ hoti, ādiyantissa vacanaṃ bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

238. ‘‘Yampi ¶ , bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato ahosi kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā ahosi kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. So tassa kammassa kaṭattā…pe… so tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhati, sīhahanu hoti.

‘‘So tena lakkhaṇena samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī…pe… rājā samāno kiṃ ¶ labhati? Appadhaṃsiyo hoti kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena paccāmittena. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati… buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Appadhaṃsiyo hoti abbhantarehi vā bāhirehi vā paccatthikehi paccāmittehi, rāgena vā dosena vā mohena vā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

240. ‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṃ jātiṃ purimaṃ bhavaṃ purimaṃ niketaṃ pubbe manussabhūto samāno micchājīvaṃ pahāya sammāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappesi, tulākūṭa kaṃsakūṭa mānakūṭa ukkoṭana vañcana nikati sāciyoga chedana vadha bandhana viparāmosa ālopa sahasākārā [sāhasākārā (sī. syā. pī.)] paṭivirato ahosi. So tassa kammassa ¶ kaṭattā upacitattā ussannattā vipulattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. So tattha aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena ādhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi ¶ dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. So tato cuto itthattaṃ āgato samāno imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhati, samadanto ca hoti susukkadāṭho ca.

‘‘So tehi lakkhaṇehi samannāgato sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni satta ratanāni bhavanti, seyyathidaṃ – cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ akhilamanimittamakaṇṭakaṃ ¶ iddhaṃ phītaṃ khemaṃ sivaṃ nirabbudaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Rājā samāno kiṃ labhati? Suciparivāro hoti sucissa honti parivārā brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamajānapadā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā amaccā pārisajjā rājāno bhogiyā kumārā. Rājā samāno idaṃ labhati.

‘‘Sace ¶ kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado. Buddho samāno kiṃ labhati? Suciparivāro hoti, sucissa honti parivārā, bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Buddho samāno idaṃ labhati’’. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca.

Samamapi sucisusukkaṃ ¶ [laddhāna manussakaṃ bhavaṃ tato caviya, puna sukataphalavipākasesakena; paṭilabhati lapanajaṃ samamapi, suci ca suvisuddhasusukkaṃ (syā.)].

Imamapi ca paramapi ca [imampi ca parampi ca (pī.), paraṃpi paramaṃpi ca (syā.)] passati lokaṃ.

Malakhilakalikilese panudehī’’ti [tassovādakarā bahugihī ca, pabbajitā ca asucivigarahita; panudipāpassa hi sucibhiparivuto, bhavati malakhilakakilese panudeti (syā.)].

242. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena siṅgālako [sigālako (sī.)] gahapatiputto kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā [puthuddisā (sī. syā. pī.)] namassati – puratthimaṃ disaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ pacchimaṃ disaṃ uttaraṃ disaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ disaṃ uparimaṃ disaṃ.

243. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho bhagavā siṅgālakaṃ gahapatiputtaṃ kālasseva vuṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavatthaṃ allakesaṃ pañjalikaṃ puthudisā namassantaṃ – puratthimaṃ disaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ pacchimaṃ disaṃ uttaraṃ disaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ disaṃ uparimaṃ disaṃ. Disvā siṅgālakaṃ gahapatiputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho tvaṃ, gahapatiputta, kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā ¶ namassasi – puratthimaṃ disaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ pacchimaṃ disaṃ uttaraṃ disaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ disaṃ uparimaṃ disa’’nti? ‘‘Pitā maṃ, bhante, kālaṃ karonto evaṃ avaca – ‘disā, tāta, namasseyyāsī’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, pituvacanaṃ sakkaronto garuṃ karonto mānento pūjento kālasseva uṭṭhāya rājagahā nikkhamitvā allavattho allakeso pañjaliko puthudisā namassāmi – puratthimaṃ disaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ pacchimaṃ disaṃ uttaraṃ disaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ disaṃ uparimaṃ ¶ disa’’nti.

244. ‘‘Na kho, gahapatiputta, ariyassa vinaye evaṃ cha disā [chaddisā (sī. pī.)] namassitabbā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye cha disā [chaddisā (sī. pī.)] namassitabbā? Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu, yathā ariyassa vinaye cha disā [chaddisā (sī. pī.)] namassitabbā’’ti.

‘‘Tena ¶ hi, gahapatiputta suṇohi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho siṅgālako gahapatiputto bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yato ¶ kho, gahapatiputta, ariyasāvakassa cattāro kammakilesā pahīnā honti, catūhi ca ṭhānehi pāpakammaṃ na karoti, cha ca bhogānaṃ apāyamukhāni na sevati, so evaṃ cuddasa pāpakāpagato chaddisāpaṭicchādī [paṭicchādī hoti (syā.)] ubholokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti. Tassa ayañceva loko āraddho hoti paro ca loko. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati.

245. ‘‘Katamassa cattāro kammakilesā pahīnā honti? Pāṇātipāto kho, gahapatiputta, kammakileso, adinnādānaṃ kammakileso, kāmesumicchācāro kammakileso, musāvādo kammakileso. Imassa cattāro kammakilesā pahīnā hontī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna [idaṃ vatvā (sī. pī.) evamīdisesu ṭhānesu] sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

246. ‘‘Katamehi catūhi ṭhānehi pāpakammaṃ na karoti? Chandāgatiṃ gacchanto ¶ pāpakammaṃ karoti, dosāgatiṃ gacchanto pāpakammaṃ karoti, mohāgatiṃ gacchanto pāpakammaṃ karoti, bhayāgatiṃ gacchanto pāpakammaṃ karoti. Yato kho, gahapatiputta, ariyasāvako neva chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati; imehi catūhi ṭhānehi pāpakammaṃ na karotī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

Nihīyati yaso tassa [tassa yeso (bahūsu, vinayepi)], kāḷapakkheva candimā.

Āpūrati yaso tassa [tassa yeso (bahūsu, vinayepi)], sukkapakkheva [juṇhapakkheva (ka.)] candimā’’ti.

247. ‘‘Katamāni ¶ cha bhogānaṃ apāyamukhāni na sevati? Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo kho, gahapatiputta, bhogānaṃ apāyamukhaṃ, vikālavisikhācariyānuyogo bhogānaṃ apāyamukhaṃ, samajjābhicaraṇaṃ bhogānaṃ apāyamukhaṃ, jūtappamādaṭṭhānānuyogo bhogānaṃ apāyamukhaṃ, pāpamittānuyogo bhogānaṃ apāyamukhaṃ, ālasyānuyogo [ālasānuyogo (sī. syā. pī.)] bhogānaṃ apāyamukhaṃ.

248. ‘‘Cha khome, gahapatiputta, ādīnavā surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānānuyoge. Sandiṭṭhikā dhanajāni [dhanañjāni (sī. pī.)], kalahappavaḍḍhanī, rogānaṃ āyatanaṃ, akittisañjananī, kopīnanidaṃsanī ¶ , paññāya dubbalikaraṇītveva chaṭṭhaṃ padaṃ bhavati. Ime kho, gahapatiputta, cha ādīnavā surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānānuyoge.

249. ‘‘Cha ¶ khome, gahapatiputta, ādīnavā vikālavisikhācariyānuyoge. Attāpissa agutto arakkhito hoti, puttadāropissa agutto arakkhito hoti, sāpateyyaṃpissa aguttaṃ arakkhitaṃ hoti, saṅkiyo ca hoti pāpakesu ṭhānesu [tesu tesu ṭhānesu (syā.)], abhūtavacanañca tasmiṃ rūhati, bahūnañca dukkhadhammānaṃ purakkhato hoti. Ime kho, gahapatiputta, cha ādīnavā vikālavisikhācariyānuyoge.

250. ‘‘Cha khome, gahapatiputta, ādīnavā samajjābhicaraṇe. Kva [kuvaṃ (ka. sī. pī.)] naccaṃ, kva gītaṃ, kva vāditaṃ, kva akkhānaṃ, kva pāṇissaraṃ, kva kumbhathunanti. Ime kho, gahapatiputta, cha ādīnavā samajjābhicaraṇe.

251. ‘‘Cha ¶ ¶ khome, gahapatiputta, ādīnavā jūtappamādaṭṭhānānuyoge. Jayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, jino vittamanusocati, sandiṭṭhikā dhanajāni, sabhāgatassa [sabhāye tassa (ka.)] vacanaṃ na rūhati, mittāmaccānaṃ paribhūto hoti, āvāhavivāhakānaṃ apatthito hoti – ‘akkhadhutto ayaṃ purisapuggalo nālaṃ dārabharaṇāyā’ti. Ime kho, gahapatiputta, cha ādīnavā jūtappamādaṭṭhānānuyoge.

252. ‘‘Cha khome, gahapatiputta, ādīnavā pāpamittānuyoge. Ye dhuttā, ye soṇḍā, ye pipāsā, ye nekatikā, ye vañcanikā, ye sāhasikā. Tyāssa mittā honti te sahāyā. Ime ¶ kho, gahapatiputta, cha ādīnavā pāpamittānuyoge.

253. ‘‘Cha khome, gahapatiputta, ādīnavā ālasyānuyoge. Atisītanti ¶ kammaṃ na karoti, atiuṇhanti kammaṃ na karoti, atisāyanti kammaṃ na karoti, atipātoti kammaṃ na karoti, atichātosmīti kammaṃ na karoti, atidhātosmīti kammaṃ na karoti. Tassa evaṃ kiccāpadesabahulassa viharato anuppannā ceva bhogā nuppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti. Ime kho, gahapatiputta, cha ādīnavā ālasyānuyoge’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

Pipāso pivaṃ papāgato [pipāsosi atthapāgato (syā.), pipāsopi samappapāgato (ka.)];

‘‘Na divā soppasīlena, rattimuṭṭhānadessinā [rattinuṭṭhānadassinā (sī. pī.), rattinuṭṭhānasīlinā (?)];

Karaṃ purisakiccāni, so sukhaṃ [sukhā (sabbattha) aṭṭhakathā oloketabbā] na vihāyatī’’ti.

254. ‘‘Cattārome, gahapatiputta, amittā mittapatirūpakā veditabbā. Aññadatthuharo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo, vacīparamo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo, anuppiyabhāṇī amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo, apāyasahāyo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo.

255. ‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi aññadatthuharo amitto ¶ mittapatirūpako veditabbo.

‘‘Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi aññadatthuharo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo.

256. ‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi vacīparamo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo. Atītena paṭisantharati [paṭisandharati (ka.)], anāgatena paṭisantharati, niratthakena saṅgaṇhāti, paccuppannesu kiccesu byasanaṃ dasseti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi vacīparamo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo.

257. ‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi anuppiyabhāṇī amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo. Pāpakaṃpissa [pāpakammaṃpissa (syā.)] anujānāti, kalyāṇaṃpissa anujānāti, sammukhāssa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, parammukhāssa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi anuppiyabhāṇī amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo.

258. ‘‘Catūhi ¶ kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi apāyasahāyo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo ¶ . Surāmeraya majjappamādaṭṭhānānuyoge sahāyo hoti, vikāla visikhā cariyānuyoge sahāyo hoti, samajjābhicaraṇe sahāyo hoti, jūtappamādaṭṭhānānuyoge sahāyo hoti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi apāyasahāyo amitto mittapatirūpako veditabbo’’ti.

259. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

260. ‘‘Cattārome ¶ , gahapatiputta, mittā suhadā veditabbā. Upakāro [upakārako (syā.)] mitto suhado veditabbo, samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo, atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo, anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo.

261. ‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo. Pamattaṃ rakkhati, pamattassa sāpateyyaṃ rakkhati, bhītassa saraṇaṃ hoti, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu taddiguṇaṃ bhogaṃ anuppadeti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo.

262. ‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo. Guyhamassa ācikkhati, guyhamassa parigūhati, āpadāsu na vijahati, jīvitaṃpissa atthāya pariccattaṃ hoti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo.

263. ‘‘Catūhi ¶ kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo. Pāpā nivāreti, kalyāṇe niveseti, assutaṃ sāveti, saggassa ¶ maggaṃ ācikkhati. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo.

264. ‘‘Catūhi ¶ kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo. Abhavenassa na nandati, bhavenassa nandati, avaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ nivāreti, vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ pasaṃsati. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, catūhi ṭhānehi anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo’’ti.

265. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Upakāro ¶ ca yo mitto, sukhe dukkhe [sukhadukkho (syā. ka.)] ca yo sakhā [yo ca mitto sukhe dukkhe (sī. pī.)];

266. ‘‘Kathañca, gahapatiputta, ariyasāvako chaddisāpaṭicchādī hoti? Cha ¶ imā, gahapatiputta, disā veditabbā. Puratthimā disā mātāpitaro veditabbā, dakkhiṇā ¶ disā ācariyā veditabbā, pacchimā disā ¶ puttadārā veditabbā, uttarā disā mittāmaccā veditabbā, heṭṭhimā disā dāsakammakarā veditabbā, uparimā disā samaṇabrāhmaṇā veditabbā.

267. ‘‘Pañcahi ¶ kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhātabbā – bhato ne [nesaṃ (bahūsu)] bharissāmi, kiccaṃ nesaṃ karissāmi, kulavaṃsaṃ ṭhapessāmi, dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjāmi, atha vā pana petānaṃ kālaṅkatānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassāmīti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ṭhānehi puttaṃ anukampanti. Pāpā nivārenti, kalyāṇe nivesenti, sippaṃ sikkhāpenti, patirūpena dārena saṃyojenti, samaye dāyajjaṃ niyyādenti [niyyātenti (ka. sī.)]. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi puttena puratthimā disā mātāpitaro paccupaṭṭhitā imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi puttaṃ anukampanti. Evamassa esā puratthimā disā paṭicchannā hoti khemā appaṭibhayā.

268. ‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi antevāsinā dakkhiṇā disā ācariyā paccupaṭṭhātabbā – uṭṭhānena upaṭṭhānena sussusāya pāricariyāya sakkaccaṃ sippapaṭiggahaṇena [sippaṃ paṭiggahaṇena (syā.), sippauggahaṇena (ka.)]. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi antevāsinā dakkhiṇā disā ācariyā paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ¶ ṭhānehi antevāsiṃ anukampanti – suvinītaṃ vinenti, suggahitaṃ gāhāpenti, sabbasippassutaṃ samakkhāyino bhavanti, mittāmaccesu paṭiyādenti [paṭivedenti (syā.)], disāsu parittāṇaṃ karonti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi antevāsinā ¶ dakkhiṇā disā ācariyā paccupaṭṭhitā imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi antevāsiṃ anukampanti. Evamassa esā dakkhiṇā disā paṭicchannā hoti khemā appaṭibhayā.

269. ‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi sāmikena pacchimā disā bhariyā paccupaṭṭhātabbā – sammānanāya anavamānanāya [avimānanāya (syā. pī.)] anaticariyāya issariyavossaggena alaṅkārānuppadānena. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi sāmikena pacchimā disā bhariyā paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ṭhānehi ¶ sāmikaṃ anukampati – susaṃvihitakammantā ca hoti, saṅgahitaparijanā [susaṅgahitaparijanā (sī. syā. pī.)] ca, anaticārinī ca, sambhatañca anurakkhati, dakkhā ca hoti analasā sabbakiccesu. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi sāmikena pacchimā disā bhariyā paccupaṭṭhitā imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi sāmikaṃ anukampati. Evamassa esā pacchimā disā paṭicchannā hoti khemā appaṭibhayā.

270. ‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi kulaputtena uttarā disā mittāmaccā paccupaṭṭhātabbā – dānena peyyavajjena [viyavajjena (syā. ka.)] atthacariyāya samānattatāya avisaṃvādanatāya. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi kulaputtena uttarā disā mittāmaccā paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ¶ ṭhānehi ¶ kulaputtaṃ anukampanti – pamattaṃ rakkhanti, pamattassa sāpateyyaṃ rakkhanti, bhītassa saraṇaṃ honti, āpadāsu na vijahanti, aparapajā cassa paṭipūjenti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi kulaputtena uttarā disā mittāmaccā paccupaṭṭhitā imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi kulaputtaṃ anukampanti. Evamassa esā uttarā disā paṭicchannā hoti khemā appaṭibhayā.

271. ‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi ayyirakena [ayirakena (sī. syā. pī.)] heṭṭhimā ¶ disā dāsakammakarā paccupaṭṭhātabbā – yathābalaṃ kammantasaṃvidhānena bhattavetanānuppadānena gilānupaṭṭhānena acchariyānaṃ rasānaṃ saṃvibhāgena samaye vossaggena. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi ayyirakena heṭṭhimā disā dāsakammakarā paccupaṭṭhitā pañcahi ṭhānehi ayyirakaṃ anukampanti – pubbuṭṭhāyino ca honti, pacchā nipātino ca, dinnādāyino ca, sukatakammakarā ca, kittivaṇṇaharā ca. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi ayyirakena heṭṭhimā disā dāsakammakarā paccupaṭṭhitā imehi pañcahi ṭhānehi ayyirakaṃ anukampanti. Evamassa esā heṭṭhimā disā paṭicchannā hoti khemā appaṭibhayā.

272. ‘‘Pañcahi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi kulaputtena uparimā disā samaṇabrāhmaṇā paccupaṭṭhātabbā – mettena kāyakammena mettena vacīkammena mettena ¶ manokammena anāvaṭadvāratāya āmisānuppadānena. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi kulaputtena uparimā ¶ disā samaṇabrāhmaṇā paccupaṭṭhitā chahi ṭhānehi kulaputtaṃ anukampanti – pāpā nivārenti, kalyāṇe nivesenti, kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti, assutaṃ sāventi, sutaṃ pariyodāpenti, saggassa maggaṃ ācikkhanti. Imehi kho, gahapatiputta, pañcahi ṭhānehi kulaputtena uparimā disā samaṇabrāhmaṇā paccupaṭṭhitā imehi chahi ṭhānehi kulaputtaṃ anukampanti. Evamassa esā uparimā disā paṭicchannā hoti khemā appaṭibhayā’’ti.

273. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Yasmā ca saṅgahā [saṅgahe (ka.) aṭṭhakathāyaṃ icchitapāṭho] ete, sammapekkhanti [samavekkhanti (sī. pī. ka.)] paṇḍitā;

274. Evaṃ ¶ vutte, siṅgālako gahapatiputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti. Evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṃghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu, ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

Siṅgālasuttaṃ [siṅgālovādasuttantaṃ (pī.)] niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

275. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Atha kho cattāro mahārājā [mahārājāno (ka.)] mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṃ rakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṃ gumbaṃ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṃ ovaraṇaṃ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ gijjhakūṭaṃ pabbataṃ obhāsetvā [gijjhakūṭaṃ obhāsetvā (sī. syā. pī.)] yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tepi kho yakkhā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

276. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vessavaṇo mahārājā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santi hi, bhante, uḷārā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā. Santi hi, bhante, uḷārā yakkhā bhagavato pasannā. Santi hi ¶ , bhante, majjhimā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā. Santi hi, bhante, majjhimā yakkhā bhagavato pasannā. Santi hi, bhante, nīcā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā. Santi hi, bhante, nīcā yakkhā bhagavato pasannā. Yebhuyyena ¶ kho pana, bhante, yakkhā appasannāyeva bhagavato. Taṃ kissa hetu? Bhagavā hi, bhante, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā dhammaṃ deseti, adinnādānā veramaṇiyā dhammaṃ deseti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiyā dhammaṃ deseti, musāvādā veramaṇiyā dhammaṃ deseti, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiyā dhammaṃ deseti. Yebhuyyena kho pana, bhante, yakkhā appaṭiviratāyeva pāṇātipātā, appaṭiviratā adinnādānā, appaṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā, appaṭiviratā musāvādā, appaṭiviratā surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā ¶ . Tesaṃ taṃ hoti appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni ¶ senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni [manussarāhaseyyakāni (sī. syā. pī.)] paṭisallānasāruppāni. Tattha santi uḷārā yakkhā nivāsino, ye imasmiṃ bhagavato pāvacane appasannā. Tesaṃ pasādāya uggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā āṭānāṭiyaṃ rakkhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṃsāya phāsuvihārāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ āṭānāṭiyaṃ rakkhaṃ abhāsi –

277. ‘‘Vipassissa ca [ime cakārā porāṇapotthakesu natthi] namatthu, cakkhumantassa sirīmato.

Sikhissapi ca [ime cakārā porāṇapotthakesu natthi] namatthu, sabbabhūtānukampino.

‘‘Vessabhussa ca [ime cakārā porāṇapotthakesu natthi] namatthu, nhātakassa tapassino;

Kassapassa ca [ime cakārā porāṇapotthakesu natthi] namatthu, vippamuttassa sabbadhi.

Yo imaṃ dhammaṃ desesi [dhammamadesesi (sī. syā. pī.), dhammaṃ deseti (?)], sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ.

278. ‘‘Yato ¶ uggacchati sūriyo [suriyo (sī. syā. pī.)], ādicco maṇḍalī mahā.

‘‘Gandhabbānaṃ adhipati [ādhipati (sī. syā. pī.) evamuparipi], ‘dhataraṭṭho’ti nāmaso;

281. ‘‘Yena ¶ uttarakuruvho [uttarakurū rammā (sī. syā. pī.)], mahāneru sudassano.

‘‘Itthiṃ vā vāhanaṃ [itthī-vāhanaṃ (sī. pī.), itthīṃ vāhanaṃ (syā.)] katvā, anuyanti disodisaṃ;

Nāṭasuriyā [nāṭapuriyā (sī. pī.), nāṭapariyā (syā.)] parakusiṭanāṭā.

‘‘Kuverassa ¶ kho pana, mārisa, mahārājassa visāṇā nāma rājadhānī;

Vassā yato patāyanti, sabhāpi tattha sālavatī [bhagalavatī (sī. syā. pī.)] nāma.

‘‘Ayaṃ ¶ ¶ kho sā, mārisa, āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṃsāya phāsuvihārāya.

282. ‘‘Yassa ¶ kassaci, mārisa, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā upāsakassa vā upāsikāya vā ayaṃ āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā suggahitā bhavissati samattā pariyāputā [pariyāpuṭā (ka.)]. Taṃ ce amanusso yakkho vā yakkhinī vā yakkhapotako vā yakkhapotikā vā yakkhamahāmatto vā yakkhapārisajjo vā yakkhapacāro vā, gandhabbo vā gandhabbī vā gandhabbapotako vā gandhabbapotikā vā gandhabbamahāmatto vā gandhabbapārisajjo vā gandhabbapacāro vā, kumbhaṇḍo vā kumbhaṇḍī vā kumbhaṇḍapotako vā kumbhaṇḍapotikā vā kumbhaṇḍamahāmatto vā kumbhaṇḍapārisajjo vā kumbhaṇḍapacāro vā, nāgo vā nāgī vā nāgapotako vā nāgapotikā ¶ vā nāgamahāmatto vā nāgapārisajjo vā nāgapacāro vā, paduṭṭhacitto bhikkhuṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ vā upāsakaṃ vā upāsikaṃ vā gacchantaṃ vā anugaccheyya, ṭhitaṃ vā upatiṭṭheyya, nisinnaṃ vā upanisīdeyya, nipannaṃ vā upanipajjeyya. Na me so, mārisa, amanusso labheyya gāmesu vā nigamesu vā sakkāraṃ vā garukāraṃ vā. Na me so, mārisa, amanusso labheyya āḷakamandāya nāma rājadhāniyā vatthuṃ vā vāsaṃ vā. Na me so, mārisa, amanusso labheyya yakkhānaṃ samitiṃ gantuṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā anāvayhampi naṃ kareyyuṃ avivayhaṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā attāhipi paripuṇṇāhi paribhāsāhi paribhāseyyuṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā rittaṃpissa pattaṃ sīse nikkujjeyyuṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā sattadhāpissa muddhaṃ phāleyyuṃ.

‘‘Santi hi, mārisa, amanussā caṇḍā ruddhā [ruddā (sī. pī.)] rabhasā, te neva mahārājānaṃ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti. Te kho te, mārisa, amanussā mahārājānaṃ ¶ avaruddhā nāma vuccanti. Seyyathāpi, mārisa, rañño māgadhassa vijite mahācorā. Te neva rañño māgadhassa ādiyanti, na rañño māgadhassa purisakānaṃ ādiyanti, na rañño māgadhassa purisakānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti. Te kho te, mārisa, mahācorā rañño māgadhassa avaruddhā nāma vuccanti. Evameva kho, mārisa, santi amanussā caṇḍā ruddhā rabhasā, te neva mahārājānaṃ ¶ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti. Te ¶ kho te, mārisa, amanussā mahārājānaṃ avaruddhā nāma vuccanti. Yo hi koci, mārisa, amanusso yakkho vā yakkhinī vā…pe… gandhabbo vā gandhabbī vā ¶ … kumbhaṇḍo vā kumbhaṇḍī vā… nāgo vā nāgī vā nāgapotako vā nāgapotikā vā nāgamahāmatto vā nāgapārisajjo vā nāgapacāro vā paduṭṭhacitto bhikkhuṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ vā upāsakaṃ vā upāsikaṃ vā gacchantaṃ vā anugaccheyya, ṭhitaṃ vā upatiṭṭheyya, nisinnaṃ vā upanisīdeyya, nipannaṃ vā upanipajjeyya. Imesaṃ yakkhānaṃ mahāyakkhānaṃ senāpatīnaṃ mahāsenāpatīnaṃ ujjhāpetabbaṃ vikkanditabbaṃ viravitabbaṃ – ‘ayaṃ yakkho gaṇhāti, ayaṃ yakkho āvisati, ayaṃ yakkho heṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho viheṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho hiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho vihiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho na muñcatī’ti.

283. ‘‘Katamesaṃ yakkhānaṃ mahāyakkhānaṃ senāpatīnaṃ mahāsenāpatīnaṃ?

‘‘Gopālo supparodho ca [suppagedho ca (sī. syā. pī.)], hiri netti [hirī nettī (sī. pī.)] ca mandiyo;

Dadhimukho maṇi māṇivaro [maṇi mānicaro (syā. pī.)] dīgho, atho serīsako saha.

‘‘Imesaṃ yakkhānaṃ mahāyakkhānaṃ senāpatīnaṃ mahāsenāpatīnaṃ ujjhāpetabbaṃ vikkanditabbaṃ viravitabbaṃ – ‘ayaṃ yakkho gaṇhāti, ayaṃ yakkho āvisati, ayaṃ yakkho heṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho viheṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho hiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho vihiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho na muñcatī’ti.

‘‘Ayaṃ ¶ kho sā, mārisa, āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṃsāya phāsuvihārāya. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, mārisa, gacchāma ¶ bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tumhe mahārājāno kālaṃ maññathā’’ti.

284. Atha kho cattāro mahārājā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Tepi kho yakkhā uṭṭhāyāsanā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu ¶ . Appekacce ¶ yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Appekacce nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsūti.

285. Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘imaṃ, bhikkhave, rattiṃ cattāro mahārājā mahatiyā ca yakkhasenāya mahatiyā ca gandhabbasenāya mahatiyā ca kumbhaṇḍasenāya mahatiyā ca nāgasenāya catuddisaṃ rakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṃ gumbaṃ ṭhapetvā catuddisaṃ ovaraṇaṃ ṭhapetvā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ gijjhakūṭaṃ pabbataṃ obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tepi kho, bhikkhave, yakkhā appekacce maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce mayā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce yenāhaṃ tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

286. ‘‘Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho, bhikkhave, vessavaṇo mahārājā maṃ etadavoca – ‘santi hi, bhante, uḷārā yakkhā bhagavato appasannā…pe… santi hi ¶ , bhante nīcā ¶ yakkhā bhagavato pasannā. Yebhuyyena kho pana, bhante, yakkhā appasannāyeva bhagavato. Taṃ kissa hetu? Bhagavā hi, bhante, pāṇātipātā veramaṇiyā dhammaṃ deseti… surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā ¶ veramaṇiyā dhammaṃ deseti. Yebhuyyena kho pana, bhante, yakkhā appaṭiviratāyeva pāṇātipātā… appaṭiviratā surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā. Tesaṃ taṃ hoti appiyaṃ amanāpaṃ. Santi hi, bhante, bhagavato sāvakā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni. Tattha santi uḷārā yakkhā nivāsino, ye imasmiṃ bhagavato pāvacane appasannā, tesaṃ pasādāya uggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā āṭānāṭiyaṃ rakkhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṃsāya phāsuvihārāyā’ti. Adhivāsesiṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vessavaṇo mahārājā me adhivāsanaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ āṭānāṭiyaṃ rakkhaṃ abhāsi –

292. ‘Ayaṃ kho sā, mārisa ¶ , āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ ¶ upāsikānaṃ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṃsāya phāsuvihārāya. Yassa kassaci, mārisa, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā upāsakassa vā upāsikāya ¶ vā ayaṃ āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā suggahitā bhavissati samattā pariyāputā taṃ ce amanusso yakkho vā yakkhinī vā…pe… gandhabbo vā gandhabbī vā…pe… kumbhaṇḍo vā kumbhaṇḍī vā…pe… nāgo vā nāgī vā nāgapotako vā nāgapotikā vā nāgamahāmatto vā nāgapārisajjo vā nāgapacāro vā, paduṭṭhacitto bhikkhuṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ vā upāsakaṃ vā upāsikaṃ vā gacchantaṃ vā anugaccheyya, ṭhitaṃ vā upatiṭṭheyya, nisinnaṃ vā upanisīdeyya, nipannaṃ vā upanipajjeyya. Na me so, mārisa, amanusso labheyya gāmesu vā nigamesu vā sakkāraṃ vā garukāraṃ vā. Na me so, mārisa, amanusso labheyya āḷakamandāya nāma rājadhāniyā vatthuṃ vā vāsaṃ vā. Na me so, mārisa, amanusso labheyya yakkhānaṃ samitiṃ gantuṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā anāvayhampi naṃ kareyyuṃ avivayhaṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā attāhi paripuṇṇāhi paribhāsāhi paribhāseyyuṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā rittaṃpissa pattaṃ sīse nikkujjeyyuṃ. Apissu naṃ, mārisa, amanussā sattadhāpissa muddhaṃ phāleyyuṃ. Santi hi, mārisa, amanussā caṇḍā ruddhā rabhasā, te neva mahārājānaṃ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti. Te kho te, mārisa, amanussā mahārājānaṃ avaruddhā nāma vuccanti. Seyyathāpi, mārisa, rañño māgadhassa vijite mahācorā. Te neva rañño māgadhassa ādiyanti, na rañño māgadhassa purisakānaṃ ādiyanti, na rañño māgadhassa purisakānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti. Te kho te, mārisa, mahācorā rañño māgadhassa avaruddhā nāma vuccanti. Evameva kho, mārisa, santi amanussā caṇḍā ruddhā rabhasā, te neva mahārājānaṃ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti, na mahārājānaṃ purisakānaṃ purisakānaṃ ādiyanti. Te kho te, mārisa, amanussā mahārājānaṃ avaruddhā nāma vuccanti. Yo hi koci, mārisa, amanusso yakkho vā yakkhinī vā…pe… gandhabbo vā gandhabbī vā…pe… kumbhaṇḍo vā kumbhaṇḍī vā…pe… nāgo vā nāgī vā…pe… paduṭṭhacitto bhikkhuṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ vā upāsakaṃ vā upāsikaṃ vā gacchantaṃ vā upagaccheyya, ṭhitaṃ vā upatiṭṭheyya, nisinnaṃ vā upanisīdeyya, nipannaṃ vā upanipajjeyya. Imesaṃ yakkhānaṃ mahāyakkhānaṃ senāpatīnaṃ mahāsenāpatīnaṃ ujjhāpetabbaṃ vikkanditabbaṃ viravitabbaṃ – ‘ayaṃ yakkho gaṇhāti, ayaṃ yakkho āvisati, ayaṃ yakkho ¶ heṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho viheṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho hiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho vihiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho na muñcatī’ti.

293. ‘Katamesaṃ ¶ yakkhānaṃ mahāyakkhānaṃ senāpatīnaṃ mahāsenāpatīnaṃ?

‘Imesaṃ yakkhānaṃ mahāyakkhānaṃ senāpatīnaṃ mahāsenāpatīnaṃ ujjhāpetabbaṃ vikkanditabbaṃ viravitabbaṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ yakkho gaṇhāti, ayaṃ yakkho āvisati, ayaṃ yakkho heṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho viheṭheti, ayaṃ yakkho hiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho vihiṃsati, ayaṃ yakkho na muñcatī’’ti. Ayaṃ kho, mārisa, āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṃsāya phāsuvihārāya. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, mārisa, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’’ti. ‘‘‘Yassa dāni tumhe mahārājāno kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti.

294. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājā uṭṭhāyāsanā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Tepi kho, bhikkhave, yakkhā uṭṭhāyāsanā appekacce maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Appekacce mayā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Appekacce yenāhaṃ tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Appekacce nāmagottaṃ ¶ sāvetvā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu.

295. ‘‘Uggaṇhātha ¶ , bhikkhave, āṭānāṭiyaṃ rakkhaṃ. Pariyāpuṇātha, bhikkhave, āṭānāṭiyaṃ rakkhaṃ. Dhāretha, bhikkhave, āṭānāṭiyaṃ rakkhaṃ. Atthasaṃhitā [atthasaṃhitāyaṃ (syā.)], bhikkhave, āṭānāṭiyā rakkhā bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ guttiyā rakkhāya avihiṃsāya phāsuvihārāyā’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

296. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena pāvā nāma mallānaṃ nagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane.

297. Tena kho pana samayena pāveyyakānaṃ mallānaṃ ubbhatakaṃ nāma navaṃ sandhāgāraṃ [santhāgāraṃ (sī. pī.), saṇṭhāgāraṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] acirakāritaṃ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ [anajjhāvutthaṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)] samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi pāvaṃ anuppatto pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, pāveyyakānaṃ mallānaṃ ubbhatakaṃ nāma navaṃ sandhāgāraṃ acirakāritaṃ hoti anajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtena. Tañca ¶ kho, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ paribhuñjatu, bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ paribhuttaṃ pacchā pāveyyakā mallā paribhuñjissanti. Tadassa pāveyyakānaṃ mallānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi kho bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

298. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā ¶ bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)] sandhāgāraṃ santharitvā bhagavato āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ¶ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho te pāveyyakā mallā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (sī. pī. ka.)], bhante, sandhāgāraṃ, bhagavato āsanāni ¶ paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito. Yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

299. Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho ¶ nisīdi bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Pāveyyakāpi kho mallā pāde pakkhāletvā sandhāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Atha kho bhagavā pāveyyake malle bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, vāseṭṭhā, ratti. Yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavato paṭissutvā ¶ uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

300. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāveyyakesu mallesu tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ anuviloketvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘vigatathinamiddho [vigatathīnamiddho (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] kho, sāriputta, bhikkhusaṅgho. Paṭibhātu taṃ, sāriputta, bhikkhūnaṃ dhammīkathā. Piṭṭhi me āgilāyati. Tamahaṃ āyamissāmī’’ti [āyameyyāmīti (syā. kaṃ.)]. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapetvā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā.

301. Tena kho pana samayena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ ¶ adhunākālaṅkato hoti. Tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā [ddheḷhakajātā (syā. kaṃ.)] bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ ¶ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti [vicaranti (syā. kaṃ.)] – ‘‘na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāsi, ahaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānāmi, kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ājānissasi! Micchāpaṭipanno tvamasi, ahamasmi sammāpaṭipanno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te. Purevacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca, pacchāvacanīyaṃ pure avaca. Adhiciṇṇaṃ te viparāvattaṃ, āropito te vādo, niggahito tvamasi, cara vādappamokkhāya, nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī’’ti. Vadhoyeva kho maññe nigaṇṭhesu ¶ nāṭaputtiyesu vattati. Yepi [yepi te (sī. pī.)] nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa sāvakā gihī odātavasanā ¶ , tepi nigaṇṭhesu nāṭaputtiyesu nibbinnarūpā virattarūpā paṭivānarūpā, yathā taṃ durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe.

302. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘nigaṇṭho, āvuso, nāṭaputto pāvāyaṃ adhunākālaṅkato, tassa kālaṅkiriyāya bhinnā nigaṇṭhā dvedhikajātā…pe… bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe’’. ‘‘Evañhetaṃ, āvuso, hoti durakkhāte dhammavinaye duppavedite aniyyānike anupasamasaṃvattanike asammāsambuddhappavedite. Ayaṃ ¶ kho panāvuso amhākaṃ [asmākaṃ (pī.)] bhagavatā [bhagavato (ka. sī.)] dhammo svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ, na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

‘‘Katamo cāvuso, amhākaṃ bhagavatā [bhagavato (ka. sī.)] dhammo svākkhāto suppavedito niyyāniko upasamasaṃvattaniko sammāsambuddhappavedito; yattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ, na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ?

303. ‘‘Atthi ¶ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena eko dhammo sammadakkhāto. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ, na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ¶ , tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katamo eko dhammo? Sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Sabbe sattā saṅkhāraṭṭhitikā. Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena eko dhammo sammadakkhāto. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ, na vivaditabbaṃ ¶ , yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

304. ‘‘Atthi ¶ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ, na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame dve [dve dhammo (syā. kaṃ.) evamuparipi]?

‘‘Paṭisaṅkhānabalañca [paṭisandhānabalañca (syā.)] bhāvanābalañca.

‘‘Saṃvego ca saṃvejanīyesu ṭhānesu saṃviggassa ca yoniso padhānaṃ.

‘‘Asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesu appaṭivānitā ca padhānasmiṃ.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dve dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ, na vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

305. ‘‘Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame tayo?

‘‘Tīṇi akusalamūlāni – lobho akusalamūlaṃ, doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇi kusalamūlāni – alobho kusalamūlaṃ, adoso kusalamūlaṃ, amoho kusalamūlaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇi duccaritāni – kāyaduccaritaṃ, vacīduccaritaṃ, manoduccaritaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇi ¶ ¶ sucaritāni – kāyasucaritaṃ, vacīsucaritaṃ ¶ , manosucaritaṃ.

‘‘Tayo akusalavitakkā – kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṃsāvitakko.

‘‘Tayo kusalavitakkā – nekkhammavitakko, abyāpādavitakko, avihiṃsāvitakko.

‘‘Tayo akusalasaṅkappā – kāmasaṅkappo, byāpādasaṅkappo, vihiṃsāsaṅkappo.

‘‘Tayo kusalasaṅkappā – nekkhammasaṅkappo, abyāpādasaṅkappo, avihiṃsāsaṅkappo.

‘‘Tisso ¶ akusalasaññā – kāmasaññā, byāpādasaññā, vihiṃsāsaññā.

‘‘Tisso kusalasaññā – nekkhammasaññā, abyāpādasaññā, avihiṃsāsaññā.

‘‘Tisso kusaladhātuyo – nekkhammadhātu, abyāpādadhātu, avihiṃsādhātu.

‘‘Aparāpi tisso taṇhā – rūpataṇhā, arūpataṇhā, nirodhataṇhā.

‘‘Tīṇi ¶ saṃyojanāni – sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso.

‘‘Tisso vidhā – seyyohamasmīti vidhā, sadisohamasmīti vidhā, hīnohamasmīti vidhā.

‘‘Tayo antā – sakkāyo anto, sakkāyasamudayo anto, sakkāyanirodho anto.

‘‘Tisso vedanā – sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā.

‘‘Tisso dukkhatā – dukkhadukkhatā, saṅkhāradukkhatā, vipariṇāmadukkhatā.

‘‘Tayo ¶ rāsī ¶ – micchattaniyato rāsi, sammattaniyato rāsi, aniyato rāsi.

‘‘Tayo tamā [tisso kaṅkhā (bahūsu) aṭṭhakathā oloketabbā] – atītaṃ vā addhānaṃ ārabbha kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, anāgataṃ vā addhānaṃ ārabbha kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, etarahi vā paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ ārabbha kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati.

‘‘Tīṇi tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni – parisuddhakāyasamācāro āvuso tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṃ, yaṃ tathāgato rakkheyya – ‘mā me idaṃ paro aññāsī’ti. Parisuddhavacīsamācāro āvuso, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa vacīduccaritaṃ, yaṃ tathāgato rakkheyya – ‘mā me idaṃ paro aññāsī’ti. Parisuddhamanosamācāro, āvuso, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa manoduccaritaṃ yaṃ tathāgato rakkheyya – ‘mā me idaṃ paro aññāsī’ti.

‘‘Tayo ¶ kiñcanā – rāgo kiñcanaṃ, doso kiñcanaṃ, moho kiñcanaṃ.

‘‘Tividhena rūpasaṅgaho – sanidassanasappaṭighaṃ rūpaṃ [sanidassanasappaṭigharūpaṃ (syā. kaṃ.) evamitaradvayepi], anidassanasappaṭighaṃ rūpaṃ, anidassanaappaṭighaṃ rūpaṃ.

‘‘Tayo saṅkhārā – puññābhisaṅkhāro, apuññābhisaṅkhāro ¶ , āneñjābhisaṅkhāro.

‘‘Tayo ¶ puggalā – sekkho puggalo, asekkho puggalo, nevasekkhonāsekkho puggalo.

‘‘Tayo therā – jātithero, dhammathero, sammutithero [sammatithero (syā. kaṃ.)].

‘‘Tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūni – dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu.

‘‘Tisso ¶ kāmūpapattiyo [kāmuppattiyo (sī.), kāmupapattiyo (syā. pī. ka.)] – santāvuso sattā paccupaṭṭhitakāmā, te paccupaṭṭhitesu kāmesu vasaṃ vattenti, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā kāmūpapatti. Santāvuso, sattā nimmitakāmā, te nimminitvā nimminitvā kāmesu vasaṃ vattenti, seyyathāpi devā nimmānaratī. Ayaṃ dutiyā kāmūpapatti. Santāvuso sattā paranimmitakāmā, te paranimmitesu kāmesu vasaṃ vattenti, seyyathāpi devā paranimmitavasavattī. Ayaṃ tatiyā kāmūpapatti.

‘‘Tisso sukhūpapattiyo [sukhupapattiyo (syā. pī. ka.)] – santāvuso sattā [sattā sukhaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] uppādetvā uppādetvā sukhaṃ viharanti, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā sukhūpapatti. Santāvuso, sattā sukhena abhisannā parisannā paripūrā paripphuṭā. Te kadāci karahaci udānaṃ udānenti – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti ¶ , seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṃ dutiyā sukhūpapatti. Santāvuso, sattā sukhena abhisannā parisannā paripūrā paripphuṭā. Te santaṃyeva tusitā [santusitā (syā. kaṃ.)] sukhaṃ ¶ [cittasukhaṃ (syā. ka.)] paṭisaṃvedenti, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṃ tatiyā sukhūpapatti ¶ .

‘‘Tisso paññā – sekkhā paññā, asekkhā paññā, nevasekkhānāsekkhā paññā.

‘‘Aparāpi tisso paññā – cintāmayā paññā, sutamayā paññā, bhāvanāmayā paññā.

‘‘Tīṇindriyāni – anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ, aññindriyaṃ, aññātāvindriyaṃ.

‘‘Tisso sikkhā – adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā.

‘‘Tīṇi ¶ anuttariyāni – dassanānuttariyaṃ, paṭipadānuttariyaṃ, vimuttānuttariyaṃ.

‘‘Tayo samādhī – savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkaavicāro samādhi.

‘‘Aparepi tayo samādhī – suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi.

‘‘Tīṇi ¶ moneyyāni – kāyamoneyyaṃ, vacīmoneyyaṃ, manomoneyyaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇi ¶ kosallāni – āyakosallaṃ, apāyakosallaṃ, upāyakosallaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇi ādhipateyyāni – attādhipateyyaṃ, lokādhipateyyaṃ, dhammādhipateyyaṃ.

‘‘Tīṇi kathāvatthūni – atītaṃ vā addhānaṃ ārabbha kathaṃ katheyya – ‘evaṃ ahosi atītamaddhāna’nti; anāgataṃ vā addhānaṃ ārabbha kathaṃ katheyya – ‘evaṃ bhavissati anāgatamaddhāna’nti; etarahi vā paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ ārabbha kathaṃ katheyya – ‘evaṃ hoti etarahi paccuppannaṃ addhāna’nti.

‘‘Tisso vijjā ¶ – pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ vijjā, sattānaṃ cutūpapāteñāṇaṃ vijjā, āsavānaṃ khayeñāṇaṃ vijjā.

‘‘Tīṇi pāṭihāriyāni – iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ, anusāsanīpāṭihāriyaṃ.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

306. ‘‘Atthi ¶ ¶ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ, na vivaditabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame cattāro?

‘‘Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno ¶ satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ.

‘‘Cattāro sammappadhānā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ ¶ paggaṇhāti padahati. Anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.

‘‘Cattāro iddhipādā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. Cittasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. Vīriyasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ ¶ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. Vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti.

‘‘Cattāri jhānāni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ [paṭhamajjhānaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ [dutiyajjhānaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca ¶ kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ [tatiyajjhānaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ [catutthajjhānaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] upasampajja viharati.

307. ‘‘Catasso samādhibhāvanā. Atthāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ¶ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati. Atthāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. Atthāvuso samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṃvattati. Atthāvuso samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Katamā ¶ cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ, āvuso ¶ , samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Katamā cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ālokasaññaṃ manasi karoti, divāsaññaṃ adhiṭṭhāti yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā. Iti vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. Ayaṃ, āvuso samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Katamā cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṃvattati? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. Viditā saññā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. Viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ, āvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satisampajaññāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Katamā ¶ ¶ cāvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati. Iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo. Iti vedanā…pe… iti saññā… iti saṅkhārā… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo. Ayaṃ, āvuso, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati.

308. ‘‘Catasso ¶ appamaññā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṃ. Tathā tatiyaṃ. Tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho ¶ tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena [abyāpajjhena (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pharitvā viharati. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṃ. Tathā tatiyaṃ. Tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.

‘‘Cattāro āruppā. [arūpā (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ ¶ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.

‘‘Cattāri apassenāni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu saṅkhāyekaṃ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṃ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṃ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṃ vinodeti.

309. ‘‘Cattāro ¶ ariyavaṃsā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca cīvarahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati; aladdhā ca cīvaraṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca cīvaraṃ agadhito [agathito (sī. pī.)] amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato, ayaṃ vuccatāvuso ¶ – ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca piṇḍapātahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati; aladdhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ¶ nevattānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato ¶ , ayaṃ vuccatāvuso – ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, na ca senāsanahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjati; aladdhā ca senāsanaṃ na paritassati, laddhā ca senāsanaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati; tāya ca pana itarītarasenāsanasantuṭṭhiyā nevattānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato, ayaṃ vuccatāvuso – ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu pahānārāmo hoti pahānarato, bhāvanārāmo hoti bhāvanārato; tāya ca pana pahānārāmatāya pahānaratiyā bhāvanārāmatāya bhāvanāratiyā nevattānukkaṃseti na paraṃ vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkho analaso sampajāno paṭissato ayaṃ vuccatāvuso – ‘bhikkhu porāṇe aggaññe ariyavaṃse ṭhito’.

310. ‘‘Cattāri ¶ padhānāni. Saṃvarapadhānaṃ pahānapadhānaṃ bhāvanāpadhānaṃ [bhāvanāppadhānaṃ (syā.)] anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṃ [anurakkhanāppadhānaṃ (syā.)]. Katamañcāvuso, saṃvarapadhānaṃ? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ ¶ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena ¶ phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Idaṃ vuccatāvuso, saṃvarapadhānaṃ.

‘‘Katamañcāvuso, pahānapadhānaṃ? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti [byantī karoti (syā. kaṃ.)] anabhāvaṃ gameti. Uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ… uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantiṃ karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Idaṃ vuccatāvuso, pahānapadhānaṃ.

‘‘Katamañcāvuso ¶ , bhāvanāpadhānaṃ? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ. Idaṃ vuccatāvuso, bhāvanāpadhānaṃ.

‘‘Katamañcāvuso, anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṃ? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu uppannaṃ bhadrakaṃ [bhaddakaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] samādhinimittaṃ anurakkhati – aṭṭhikasaññaṃ, puḷuvakasaññaṃ [puḷavakasaññaṃ (sī. pī.)], vinīlakasaññaṃ, vicchiddakasaññaṃ, uddhumātakasaññaṃ. Idaṃ vuccatāvuso, anurakkhaṇāpadhānaṃ.

‘‘Cattāri ¶ ñāṇāni – dhamme ñāṇaṃ, anvaye ñāṇaṃ, pariye [paricce (sī. ka.), paricchede (syā. pī. ka.) ṭīkā oloketabbā] ñāṇaṃ, sammutiyā ñāṇaṃ [sammatiñāṇaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)].

‘‘Aparānipi ¶ ¶ cattāri ñāṇāni – dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ.

311. ‘‘Cattāri sotāpattiyaṅgāni – sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti.

‘‘Cattāri sotāpannassa aṅgāni. Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho, bhagavā’ti. Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko [opanayiko (syā. kaṃ.)] paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

‘‘Cattāri ¶ ¶ sāmaññaphalāni – sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaphalaṃ.

‘‘Catasso ¶ dhātuyo – pathavīdhātu, āpodhātu, tejodhātu, vāyodhātu.

‘‘Cattāro āhārā – kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ.

‘‘Catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Rūpūpāyaṃ vā, āvuso, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭhati rūpārammaṇaṃ [rūpāramaṇaṃ (?)] rūpappatiṭṭhaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjati; vedanūpāyaṃ ¶ vā āvuso…pe… saññūpāyaṃ vā, āvuso…pe… saṅkhārūpāyaṃ vā, āvuso, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭhati saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ saṅkhārappatiṭṭhaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjati.

‘‘Cattāri agatigamanāni – chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgati gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati.

‘‘Cattāro taṇhuppādā – cīvarahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; piṇḍapātahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; senāsanahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati; itibhavābhavahetu vā, āvuso, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati.

‘‘Catasso ¶ paṭipadā – dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā.

‘‘Aparāpi ¶ catasso paṭipadā – akkhamā paṭipadā, khamā paṭipadā, damā paṭipadā, samā paṭipadā.

‘‘Cattāri ¶ dhammapadāni – anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ, abyāpādo dhammapadaṃ, sammāsati dhammapadaṃ, sammāsamādhi dhammapadaṃ.

‘‘Cattāri dhammasamādānāni – atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ. Atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ. Atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ. Atthāvuso, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ.

‘‘Cattāro dhammakkhandhā – sīlakkhandho, samādhikkhandho, paññākkhandho, vimuttikkhandho.

‘‘Cattāri balāni – vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ.

‘‘Cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni – paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ, saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ, cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ, upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ.

312. ‘‘Cattāri ¶ pañhabyākaraṇāni – [cattāro pañhābyākaraṇā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo pañho, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyo pañho, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo pañho, ṭhapanīyo pañho.

‘‘Cattāri ¶ ¶ kammāni – atthāvuso, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ; atthāvuso, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ; atthāvuso, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ; atthāvuso, kammaṃ akaṇhaasukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Cattāro sacchikaraṇīyā dhammā – pubbenivāso satiyā sacchikaraṇīyo; sattānaṃ cutūpapāto cakkhunā sacchikaraṇīyo; aṭṭha vimokkhā kāyena sacchikaraṇīyā; āsavānaṃ khayo paññāya sacchikaraṇīyo.

‘‘Cattāro ¶ visaññogā – kāmayogavisaññogo, bhavayogavisaññogo, diṭṭhiyogavisaññogo, avijjāyogavisaññogo.

‘‘Cattāro ganthā – abhijjhā kāyagantho, byāpādo kāyagantho, sīlabbataparāmāso kāyagantho, idaṃsaccābhiniveso kāyagantho.

‘‘Cattāri upādānāni – kāmupādānaṃ [kāmūpādānaṃ (sī. pī.) evamitaresupi], diṭṭhupādānaṃ, sīlabbatupādānaṃ, attavādupādānaṃ.

‘‘Catasso yoniyo – aṇḍajayoni, jalābujayoni, saṃsedajayoni, opapātikayoni.

‘‘Catasso ¶ ¶ gabbhāvakkantiyo. Idhāvuso, ekacco asampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, asampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti, asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṃ paṭhamā gabbhāvakkanti. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, idhekacco ¶ sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, asampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti, asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṃ dutiyā gabbhāvakkanti. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, sampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti, asampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṃ tatiyā gabbhāvakkanti. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, idhekacco sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, sampajāno mātukucchismiṃ ṭhāti, sampajāno mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, ayaṃ catutthā gabbhāvakkanti.

‘‘Cattāro attabhāvapaṭilābhā. Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanāyeva kamati, no parasañcetanā. Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe parasañcetanāyeva kamati, no attasañcetanā. Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe attasañcetanā ceva kamati parasañcetanā ca. Atthāvuso, attabhāvapaṭilābho, yasmiṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhe neva attasañcetanā kamati, no parasañcetanā.

313. ‘‘Catasso dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyo. Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhati no paṭiggāhakato. Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā paṭiggāhakato ¶ visujjhati no dāyakato. Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā neva dāyakato visujjhati no ¶ paṭiggāhakato. Atthāvuso, dakkhiṇā dāyakato ceva visujjhati paṭiggāhakato ca.

‘‘Cattāri ¶ saṅgahavatthūni – dānaṃ, peyyavajjaṃ [piyavajjaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)], atthacariyā, samānattatā.

‘‘Cattāro anariyavohārā – musāvādo, pisuṇāvācā, pharusāvācā, samphappalāpo.

‘‘Cattāro ariyavohārā – musāvādā veramaṇī [veramaṇi (ka.)], pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī.

‘‘Aparepi cattāro anariyavohārā – adiṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, assute sutavāditā, amute mutavāditā, aviññāte viññātavāditā.

‘‘Aparepi ¶ cattāro ariyavohārā – adiṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, assute assutavāditā, amute amutavāditā, aviññāte aviññātavāditā.

‘‘Aparepi cattāro anariyavohārā – diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, sute assutavāditā, mute amutavāditā, viññāte aviññātavāditā.

‘‘Aparepi cattāro ariyavohārā – diṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, sute sutavāditā, mute mutavāditā, viññāte viññātavāditā.

314. ‘‘Cattāro puggalā. Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attantapo hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo parantapo ¶ hoti paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attantapo ca hoti attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto, parantapo ca paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo neva attantapo hoti na attaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto na parantapo na paraparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto. So anattantapo aparantapo ¶ diṭṭheva dhamme nicchāto nibbuto sītībhūto [sītibhūto (ka.)] sukhappaṭisaṃvedī brahmabhūtena attanā viharati.

‘‘Aparepi cattāro puggalā. Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno hoti no parahitāya. Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo parahitāya paṭipanno hoti no attahitāya. Idhāvuso ¶ , ekacco puggalo neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti no parahitāya. Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo attahitāya ceva paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca.

‘‘Aparepi cattāro puggalā – tamo tamaparāyano, tamo jotiparāyano, joti tamaparāyano, joti jotiparāyano.

‘‘Aparepi cattāro puggalā – samaṇamacalo, samaṇapadumo, samaṇapuṇḍarīko, samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo.

‘‘Ime ¶ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

315. ‘‘Atthi ¶ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena pañca dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame pañca?

‘‘Pañcakkhandhā. Rūpakkhandho vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho viññāṇakkhandho.

‘‘Pañcupādānakkhandhā. Rūpupādānakkhandho [rūpūpādānakkhandho (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) evamitaresupi] vedanupādānakkhandho ¶ saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho.

‘‘Pañca kāmaguṇā. Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasañhitā rajanīyā ¶ , sotaviññeyyā saddā… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasañhitā rajanīyā.

‘‘Pañca gatiyo – nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā.

‘‘Pañca macchariyāni – āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ.

‘‘Pañca nīvaraṇāni – kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ, byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ, thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ, vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Pañca orambhāgiyāni saññojanāni – sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, kāmacchando, byāpādo.

‘‘Pañca ¶ ¶ uddhambhāgiyāni saññojanāni – rūparāgo, arūparāgo, māno, uddhaccaṃ, avijjā.

‘‘Pañca ¶ sikkhāpadāni – pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī.

316. ‘‘Pañca abhabbaṭṭhānāni. Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyituṃ [ādātuṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṃ. Abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ kāme paribhuñjituṃ, seyyathāpi pubbe āgārikabhūto.

‘‘Pañca byasanāni – ñātibyasanaṃ, bhogabyasanaṃ, rogabyasanaṃ, sīlabyasanaṃ, diṭṭhibyasanaṃ. Nāvuso, sattā ñātibyasanahetu vā bhogabyasanahetu vā rogabyasanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Sīlabyasanahetu vā, āvuso, sattā diṭṭhibyasanahetu ¶ vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti.

‘‘Pañca sampadā – ñātisampadā, bhogasampadā, ārogyasampadā, sīlasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā. Nāvuso, sattā ñātisampadāhetu vā bhogasampadāhetu vā ārogyasampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā ¶ paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sīlasampadāhetu vā, āvuso, sattā diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.

‘‘Pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Idhāvuso ¶ , dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati, ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, dussīlo sīlavipanno ¶ yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto, ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Idhāvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati, ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, ayaṃ dutiyo ¶ ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto, ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati, ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Codakena ¶ , āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṃ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā paro codetabbo. Kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena ¶ vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacittena [mettācittena (katthaci)] vakkhāmi no dosantarenāti. Codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṃ codetukāmena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā paro codetabbo.

317. ‘‘Pañca ¶ padhāniyaṅgāni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato, lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Appābādho hoti appātaṅko, samavepākiniyā ¶ gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Asaṭho hoti amāyāvī, yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattā satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu. Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā.

318. ‘‘Pañca suddhāvāsā – avihā, atappā, sudassā, sudassī, akaniṭṭhā.

‘‘Pañca anāgāmino – antarāparinibbāyī, upahaccaparinibbāyī, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī, uddhaṃsotoakaniṭṭhagāmī.

319. ‘‘Pañca cetokhilā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati ¶ vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhilo. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati vicikicchati…pe… saṅghe kaṅkhati vicikicchati… sikkhāya kaṅkhati vicikicchati… sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu ¶ sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ pañcamo cetokhilo.

320. ‘‘Pañca ¶ cetasovinibandhā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho ¶ avigatataṇho. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Ayaṃ paṭhamo cetaso vinibandho. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu kāye avītarāgo hoti…pe… rūpe avītarāgo hoti…pe… puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati…pe… puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu ¶ aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati – ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati – ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya ¶ padhānāya. Ayaṃ pañcamo cetaso vinibandho.

‘‘Pañcindriyāni – cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ.

‘‘Aparānipi pañcindriyāni – sukhindriyaṃ, dukkhindriyaṃ, somanassindriyaṃ, domanassindriyaṃ, upekkhindriyaṃ.

‘‘Aparānipi pañcindriyāni – saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ.

321. ‘‘Pañca nissaraṇiyā [nissāraṇīyā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) ṭīkā oloketabbā] dhātuyo. Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāme manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Nekkhammaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto nekkhamme cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ ¶ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ kāmehi. Ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā [vighātapariḷāhā (syā. kaṃ.)], mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno byāpādaṃ manasikaroto byāpāde cittaṃ na pakkhandati na ¶ pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Abyāpādaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto abyāpāde cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ byāpādena. Ye ca byāpādapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ byāpādassa ¶ nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno vihesaṃ manasikaroto vihesāya cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Avihesaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto avihesāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ vihesāya. Ye ca vihesāpaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ vihesāya nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno rūpe manasikaroto rūpesu cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Arūpaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto arūpe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ rūpehi. Ye ca rūpapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno sakkāyaṃ manasikaroto sakkāye cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Sakkāyanirodhaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ sakkāyena. Ye ca sakkāyapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so ¶ tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ sakkāyassa nissaraṇaṃ.

322. ‘‘Pañca ¶ vimuttāyatanāni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī ¶ . Tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti…pe… api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti…pe… api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati…pe… ¶ api ca khvassa aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti ¶ , sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Pañca ¶ vimuttiparipācanīyā saññā – aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena pañca dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ [saṅgitiyapañcakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)].

323. ‘‘Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cha dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame cha?

‘‘Cha ajjhattikāni ¶ āyatanāni – cakkhāyatanaṃ, sotāyatanaṃ, ghānāyatanaṃ, jivhāyatanaṃ, kāyāyatanaṃ, manāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Cha bāhirāni āyatanāni – rūpāyatanaṃ, saddāyatanaṃ, gandhāyatanaṃ, rasāyatanaṃ, phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ, dhammāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Cha ¶ viññāṇakāyā – cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃ.

‘‘Cha phassakāyā – cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso.

‘‘Cha vedanākāyā – cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā ¶ vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.

‘‘Cha saññākāyā – rūpasaññā, saddasaññā, gandhasaññā, rasasaññā, phoṭṭhabbasaññā, dhammasaññā.

‘‘Cha sañcetanākāyā – rūpasañcetanā, saddasañcetanā, gandhasañcetanā, rasasañcetanā, phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā, dhammasañcetanā.

‘‘Cha ¶ taṇhākāyā – rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā, gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā, phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā.

324. ‘‘Cha agāravā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso; dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso; saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso; sikkhāya agāravo viharati appatisso; appamāde agāravo viharati appatisso; paṭisanthāre [paṭisandhāre (ka.)] agāravo viharati appatisso.

‘‘Cha gāravā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso; dhamme sagāravo viharati sappatisso; saṅghe sagāravo viharati sappatisso; sikkhāya sagāravo viharati sappatisso; appamāde sagāravo viharati sappatisso; paṭisanthāre sagāravo viharati sappatisso.

‘‘Cha somanassūpavicārā ¶ . Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicarati; sotena ¶ saddaṃ sutvā… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā. Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ dhammaṃ upavicarati.

‘‘Cha ¶ ¶ domanassūpavicārā. Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā domanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicarati…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya domanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ dhammaṃ upavicarati.

‘‘Cha upekkhūpavicārā. Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṃ [upekkhāṭhāniyaṃ (ka.)] rūpaṃ upavicarati…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṃ dhammaṃ upavicarati.

‘‘Cha sāraṇīyā dhammā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi [āvī (ka. sī. pī. ka.)] ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo…pe… ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo…pe… ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi, tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī hoti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo…pe… ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni, tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati ¶ sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo…pe… ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya ¶ diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva ¶ raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

325. Cha vivādamūlāni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī [paripūrīkārī (syā. kaṃ.)] hoti. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṃ janeti. Yo hoti vivādo bahujanaahitāya bahujanaasukhāya anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evarūpaṃ ce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha. Evarūpaṃ ce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānaṃ hoti. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavo hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu makkhī hoti paḷāsī…pe… issukī hoti maccharī…pe… saṭho hoti māyāvī… pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhī… sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī ¶ ¶ hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī…pe… yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso ¶ , sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṃ janeti. Yo hoti vivādo bahujanaahitāya bahujanaasukhāya anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evarūpaṃ ce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha. Evarūpaṃ ce tumhe, āvuso, vivādamūlaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, āvuso, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānaṃ hoti. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṃ anavassavo hoti.

‘‘Cha dhātuyo ¶ – pathavīdhātu, āpodhātu, tejodhātu, vāyodhātu, ākāsadhātu, viññāṇadhātu.

326. ‘‘Cha nissaraṇiyā dhātuyo. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘mettā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā ¶ yānīkatā vatthukatā ¶ anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, atha ca pana me byāpādo cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevaṃ’, tissa vacanīyo, ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṃ mettāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya. Atha ca panassa byāpādo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, byāpādassa, yadidaṃ mettā cetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘karuṇā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Atha ca pana me vihesā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti, so ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ āvuso, anavakāso, yaṃ karuṇāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya ¶ anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya, atha ca panassa vihesā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, vihesāya, yadidaṃ karuṇā cetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘muditā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Atha ca pana me ¶ arati cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti, so ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṃ muditāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya ¶ anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya, atha ca panassa arati cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, aratiyā, yadidaṃ muditā cetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha ¶ panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘upekkhā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Atha ca pana me rāgo cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṃ upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya, atha ca panassa rāgo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, rāgassa, yadidaṃ upekkhā cetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘animittā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Atha ca pana me nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hotī’ti. So ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa ¶ vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṃ animittāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya, atha ca panassa nimittānusāri ¶ viññāṇaṃ bhavissati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṃ, yadidaṃ animittā cetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘asmīti kho me vigataṃ [vighātaṃ (sī. pī.), vigate (syā. ka.)], ayamahamasmīti na samanupassāmi, atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu ¶ bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso, yaṃ asmīti vigate [vighāte (sī. pī.)] ayamahamasmīti asamanupassato, atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa, yadidaṃ asmimānasamugghāto’ti.

327. ‘‘Cha anuttariyāni – dassanānuttariyaṃ, savanānuttariyaṃ, lābhānuttariyaṃ, sikkhānuttariyaṃ, pāricariyānuttariyaṃ, anussatānuttariyaṃ.

‘‘Cha anussatiṭṭhānāni ¶ – buddhānussati, dhammānussati, saṅghānussati, sīlānussati, cāgānussati, devatānussati.

328. ‘‘Cha ¶ satatavihārā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako [upekkhako ca (syā. ka.)] viharati sato sampajāno. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.

329. ‘‘Chaḷābhijātiyo. Idhāvuso, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiko ¶ samāno kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati. Idha panāvuso, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiko samāno sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati. Idha panāvuso, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiko samāno akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ nibbānaṃ abhijāyati. Idha panāvuso, ekacco sukkābhijātiko samāno sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati. Idha panāvuso, ekacco sukkābhijātiko samāno kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati. Idha panāvuso, ekacco sukkābhijātiko samāno ¶ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ nibbānaṃ abhijāyati.

‘‘Cha nibbedhabhāgiyā saññā [nibbedhabhāgiyasaññā (syā. kaṃ.)] – aniccasaññā anicce, dukkhasaññā dukkhe, anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cha dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

330. ‘‘Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā ¶ sammāsambuddhena satta dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame satta?

‘‘Satta ¶ ariyadhanāni – saddhādhanaṃ, sīladhanaṃ, hiridhanaṃ, ottappadhanaṃ, sutadhanaṃ, cāgadhanaṃ, paññādhanaṃ.

‘‘Satta bojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo ¶ , vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pītisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo.

‘‘Satta samādhiparikkhārā – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.

‘‘Satta asaddhammā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti.

‘‘Satta saddhammā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hoti.

‘‘Satta sappurisadhammā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu dhammaññū ca hoti atthaññū ca attaññū ca mattaññū ca kālaññū ca parisaññū ca puggalaññū ca.

331. ‘‘Satta ¶ niddasavatthūni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo. Dhammanisantiyā ¶ tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca dhammanisantiyā avigatapemo. Icchāvinaye tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca icchāvinaye avigatapemo. Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. Vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo. Satinepakke tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca satinepakke avigatapemo ¶ . Diṭṭhipaṭivedhe tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca diṭṭhipaṭivedhe avigatapemo.

‘‘Satta saññā – aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, asubhasaññā, ādīnavasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā.

‘‘Satta ¶ balāni – saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, paññābalaṃ.

332. ‘‘Satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṃ dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṃ catutthī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ¶ ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ pañcamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ chaṭṭhī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso ¶ , sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ sattamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Satta puggalā dakkhiṇeyyā – ubhatobhāgavimutto ¶ , paññāvimutto, kāyasakkhi, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto, dhammānusārī, saddhānusārī.

‘‘Satta anusayā – kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo, diṭṭhānusayo, vicikicchānusayo, mānānusayo, bhavarāgānusayo, avijjānusayo.

‘‘Satta ¶ saññojanāni – anunayasaññojanaṃ [kāmasaññojanaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)], paṭighasaññojanaṃ, diṭṭhisaññojanaṃ, vicikicchāsaññojanaṃ, mānasaññojanaṃ, bhavarāgasaññojanaṃ, avijjāsaññojanaṃ.

‘‘Satta adhikaraṇasamathā – uppannuppannānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ samathāya vūpasamāya sammukhāvinayo dātabbo, sativinayo dātabbo, amūḷhavinayo dātabbo, paṭiññāya kāretabbaṃ, yebhuyyasikā, tassapāpiyasikā, tiṇavatthārako.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena satta dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

333. ‘‘Atthi ¶ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena aṭṭha dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame aṭṭha?

‘‘Aṭṭha micchattā – micchādiṭṭhi, micchāsaṅkappo, micchāvācā, micchākammanto, micchāājīvo, micchāvāyāmo micchāsati, micchāsamādhi.

‘‘Aṭṭha ¶ ¶ sammattā – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

‘‘Aṭṭha puggalā dakkhiṇeyyā – sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno; sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno; anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno; arahā, arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno.

334. ‘‘Aṭṭha ¶ kusītavatthūni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kammaṃ kho me kātabbaṃ bhavissati, kammaṃ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilamissati, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kataṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ, kammaṃ kho pana me karontassa ¶ kāyo kilanto, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati…pe… idaṃ dutiyaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilamissati, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ tatiyaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ catutthaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya ¶ caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ pañcamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño, māsācitaṃ maññe ¶ , handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho. Tassa evaṃ hoti ¶ – ‘uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho; atthi kappo nipajjituṃ, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ sattamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito [gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti) a. ni. 6.16 nakulapitusuttaṭīkā passitabbā] hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, tassa me kāyo dubbalo akammañño, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti! So nipajjati na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu.

335. ‘‘Aṭṭha ārambhavatthūni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kammaṃ kho me kātabbaṃ bhavissati, kammaṃ kho pana me karontena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya, asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti! So vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā, anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ ¶ kataṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ, kammaṃ kho panāhaṃ karonto nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… so ¶ vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ dutiyaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ. Handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… so vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ tatiyaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ, maggaṃ kho panāhaṃ gacchanto nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… so vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ catutthaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ ¶ . Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… so vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ pañcamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo balavā kammañño, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… so vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ ārambhavatthu ¶ .

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me ābādho pavaḍḍheyya, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… so vīriyaṃ ārabhati… idaṃ ¶ sattamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’’ti! So vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā ¶ anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

336. ‘‘Aṭṭha dānavatthūni. Āsajja dānaṃ deti, bhayā dānaṃ deti, ‘adāsi me’ti dānaṃ deti, ‘dassati me’ti dānaṃ deti, ‘sāhu dāna’nti dānaṃ deti, ‘ahaṃ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṃ dānaṃ na dātu’nti dānaṃ deti, ‘idaṃ me dānaṃ dadato kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’ti dānaṃ deti. Cittālaṅkāra-cittaparikkhāratthaṃ dānaṃ deti.

337. ‘‘Aṭṭha dānūpapattiyo. Idhāvuso, ekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. So passati ¶ khattiyamahāsālaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālaṃ vā gahapatimahāsālaṃ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṃ samaṅgībhūtaṃ paricārayamānaṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa ¶ bhedā paraṃ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṃ vā sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti! So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti, tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ uttari abhāvitaṃ tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati ¶ . Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi no dussīlassa. Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, idhekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṃ hoti – ‘cātumahārājikā [cātummahārājikā (sī. syā. pī.)] devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’’nti! So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti, tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ uttari abhāvitaṃ tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi no dussīlassa. Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, idhekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ…pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṃ hoti – ‘tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā ¶ …pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’’nti! So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti, tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ uttari abhāvitaṃ tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi no dussīlassa. Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, idhekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṃ hoti – ‘brahmakāyikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti! So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti, tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ uttari abhāvitaṃ tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Tañca kho sīlavato ¶ vadāmi no dussīlassa; vītarāgassa no sarāgassa. Ijjhatāvuso, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi vītarāgattā.

‘‘Aṭṭha ¶ parisā – khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā, tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā ¶ .

‘‘Aṭṭha lokadhammā – lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṃsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañca.

338. ‘‘Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni. Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ ¶ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti – evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ, seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva [evamevaṃ (ka.)] ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni ¶ nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ ¶ [kaṇṇikārapupphaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ ¶ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ, seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ, seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko ¶ bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā, seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni ¶ , ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

339. ‘‘Aṭṭha vimokkhā. Rūpī rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā ¶ rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso ¶ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayita nirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho.

‘‘Ime ¶ kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena aṭṭha dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

340. ‘‘Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā ¶ sammāsambuddhena nava dhammā sammadakkhātā; tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame nava?

‘‘Nava āghātavatthūni. ‘Anatthaṃ me acarī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati; ‘anatthaṃ me caratī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati; ‘anatthaṃ me carissatī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati; ‘piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acarī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… anatthaṃ caratīti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… anatthaṃ carissatīti āghātaṃ bandhati; ‘appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acarī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… atthaṃ caratīti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… atthaṃ carissatīti āghātaṃ bandhati.

‘‘Nava āghātapaṭivinayā. ‘Anatthaṃ me acari [acarīti (syā. ka.) evaṃ ‘‘carati carissati’’ padesupi], taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti ¶ ; ‘anatthaṃ me ¶ carati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti; ‘anatthaṃ me carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti; ‘piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acari…pe… anatthaṃ carati…pe… anatthaṃ carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti; ‘appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acari…pe… atthaṃ carati…pe… atthaṃ carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti.

341. ‘‘Nava sattāvāsā. Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṃ dutiyo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyo ¶ sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso ¶ , sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṃ catuttho sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṃvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā [asaññisattā (syā. kaṃ.)]. Ayaṃ pañcamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ sattamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcāññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso ¶ , sattā sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma [samatikkamma santametaṃ paṇītametanti (syā. kaṃ.)] nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ navamo sattāvāso.

342. ‘‘Nava akkhaṇā asamayā brahmacariyavāsāya. Idhāvuso ¶ , tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo nirayaṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo ¶ tiracchānayoniṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ dutiyo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… pettivisayaṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ…pe… asurakāyaṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ catuttho akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… aññataraṃ dīghāyukaṃ devanikāyaṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ pañcamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti milakkhesu [milakkhakesu (syā. kaṃ.) milakkhūsu (ka.)] aviññātāresu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti. So ca hoti micchādiṭṭhiko viparītadassano – ‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ [sukaṭa dukkaṭānaṃ (sī. pī.)] kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi ¶ mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ ¶ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. Ayaṃ sattamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti. So ca hoti duppañño jaḷo eḷamūgo, nappaṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitānamatthamaññātuṃ. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke na [katthaci nakāro na dissati] uppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca na desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti paññavā ajaḷo aneḷamūgo, paṭibalo subhāsita-dubbhāsitānamatthamaññātuṃ. Ayaṃ navamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

343. ‘‘Nava anupubbavihārā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja ¶ viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā ¶ …pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā…pe… ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ¶ ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati.

344. ‘‘Nava anupubbanirodhā. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa kāmasaññā niruddhā hoti. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā niruddhā honti. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti niruddhā hoti. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assāsapassāssā niruddhā honti. Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ¶ samāpannassa rūpasaññā niruddhā hoti. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ ¶ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti. Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena nava dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

345. ‘‘Atthi kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ…pe… atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame dasa?

‘‘Dasa nāthakaraṇā dhammā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti. Pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu ¶ sīlavā ¶ hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati, ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye ¶ te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā [sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti [dhatā (ka. sī. syā. kaṃ.)] dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu suvaco hoti sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgato khamo ¶ padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṃ. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu suvaco hoti…pe… padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṃ. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ…pe… alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti piyasamudāhāro, abhidhamme abhivinaye uḷārapāmojjo [uḷārapāmujjo (sī. pī.), oḷārapāmojjo (syā. kaṃ.)]. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti…pe… uḷārapāmojjo [uḷārapāmujjo (sī. pī.), oḷārapāmojjo (syā. kaṃ.)]. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso ¶ , bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarehi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi ¶ . Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti…pe… parikkhārehi. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati…pe… anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti…pe… saritā anussaritā. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti…pe… sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

346. Dasa kasiṇāyatanāni. Pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānāti, uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ advayaṃ ¶ appamāṇaṃ. Āpokasiṇameko sañjānāti…pe… tejokasiṇameko sañjānāti… vāyokasiṇameko sañjānāti… nīlakasiṇameko sañjānāti… pītakasiṇameko sañjānāti… ¶ lohitakasiṇameko sañjānāti… odātakasiṇameko sañjānāti… ākāsakasiṇameko sañjānāti… viññāṇakasiṇameko sañjānāti, uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ advayaṃ appamāṇaṃ.

347. ‘‘Dasa ¶ akusalakammapathā – pāṇātipāto, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro, musāvādo, pisuṇā vācā, pharusā vācā, samphappalāpo, abhijjhā, byāpādo, micchādiṭṭhi.

‘‘Dasa ¶ kusalakammapathā – pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī, anabhijjhā, abyāpādo, sammādiṭṭhi.

348. ‘‘Dasa ariyavāsā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti, chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, paṇunnapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Sotena saddaṃ ¶ sutvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso ¶ , bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satārakkhena cetasā samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti ¶ .

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu caturāpasseno hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu saṅkhāyekaṃ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṃ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṃ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṃ vinodeti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu caturāpasseno hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno yāni tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ puthupaccekasaccāni, sabbāni tāni nunnāni honti paṇunnāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso ¶ , bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmesanā pahīnā hoti, bhavesanā pahīnā hoti, brahmacariyesanā paṭippassaddhā. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappo hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, byāpādasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, vihiṃsāsaṅkappo pahīno hoti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappo hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti ¶ ? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttacitto hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti, dosā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti, mohā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttacitto hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘rāgo me pahīno ucchinnamūlo ¶ tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato ¶ āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti. ‘Doso me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti. ‘Moho me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti.

‘‘Dasa asekkhā dhammā – asekkhā sammādiṭṭhi, asekkho sammāsaṅkappo, asekkhā sammāvācā, asekkho sammākammanto, asekkho sammāājīvo, asekkho sammāvāyāmo, asekkhā sammāsati, asekkho sammāsamādhi, asekkhaṃ sammāñāṇaṃ, asekkhā sammāvimutti.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dasa dhammā sammadakkhātā. Tattha sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ na ¶ vivaditabbaṃ, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ¶ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

349. Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, sādhu kho tvaṃ, sāriputta, bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgītipariyāyaṃ abhāsī’ti. Idamavocāyasmā sāriputto, samanuñño satthā ahosi. Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

350. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā campāyaṃ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso bhikkhave’’ti! ‘‘Āvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca –

351. ‘‘Eko, āvuso, dhammo bahukāro, eko dhammo bhāvetabbo, eko dhammo pariññeyyo, eko dhammo pahātabbo, eko dhammo hānabhāgiyo, eko dhammo visesabhāgiyo, eko dhammo duppaṭivijjho, eko dhammo uppādetabbo, eko dhammo abhiññeyyo, eko dhammo sacchikātabbo.

(Ka) ‘‘katamo eko dhammo bahukāro? Appamādo kusalesu dhammesu. Ayaṃ eko dhammo bahukāro.

(Kha) ‘‘katamo eko dhammo bhāvetabbo? Kāyagatāsati sātasahagatā. Ayaṃ eko dhammo bhāvetabbo.

(Ga) ‘‘katamo ¶ eko dhammo pariññeyyo? Phasso sāsavo upādāniyo. Ayaṃ eko dhammo pariññeyyo.

(Gha) ‘‘katamo ¶ ¶ eko dhammo pahātabbo? Asmimāno. Ayaṃ eko dhammo pahātabbo.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katamo eko dhammo hānabhāgiyo? Ayoniso manasikāro. Ayaṃ eko dhammo hānabhāgiyo.

(Ca) ‘‘katamo eko dhammo visesabhāgiyo? Yoniso manasikāro. Ayaṃ eko dhammo visesabhāgiyo.

(Cha) ‘‘katamo ¶ eko dhammo duppaṭivijjho? Ānantariko cetosamādhi. Ayaṃ eko dhammo duppaṭivijjho.

(Ja) ‘‘katamo eko dhammo uppādetabbo? Akuppaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Ayaṃ eko dhammo uppādetabbo.

(Jha) ‘‘katamo eko dhammo abhiññeyyo? Sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Ayaṃ eko dhammo abhiññeyyo.

(Ña) ‘‘katamo eko dhammo sacchikātabbo? Akuppā cetovimutti. Ayaṃ eko dhammo sacchikātabbo.

‘‘Iti ime dasa dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

352. ‘‘Dve dhammā bahukārā, dve dhammā bhāvetabbā, dve dhammā pariññeyyā, dve dhammā pahātabbā ¶ , dve dhammā hānabhāgiyā, dve dhammā visesabhāgiyā, dve dhammā duppaṭivijjhā, dve dhammā uppādetabbā, dve dhammā abhiññeyyā, dve dhammā ¶ sacchikātabbā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame dve dhammā bahukārā? Sati ca sampajaññañca. Ime dve dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame dve dhammā bhāvetabbā? Samatho ca vipassanā ca. Ime dve dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame dve dhammā pariññeyyā? Nāmañca rūpañca. Ime dve dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame ¶ dve dhammā pahātabbā? Avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca. Ime dve dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame dve dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Dovacassatā ca pāpamittatā ca. Ime dve dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame dve dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Sovacassatā ca kalyāṇamittatā ca. Ime dve dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame ¶ dve dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Yo ca hetu yo ca paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya, yo ca hetu yo ca paccayo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā. Ime dve dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame dve dhammā uppādetabbā? Dve ñāṇāni – khaye ñāṇaṃ, anuppāde ñāṇaṃ. Ime dve dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame dve dhammā abhiññeyyā? Dve dhātuyo – saṅkhatā ca dhātu asaṅkhatā ca dhātu. Ime dve dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame ¶ dve dhammā sacchikātabbā? Vijjā ca vimutti ca. Ime dve dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ¶ ime vīsati dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

353. ‘‘Tayo dhammā bahukārā, tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā…pe… tayo dhammā sacchikātabbā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame tayo dhammā bahukārā? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti. Ime tayo dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā? Tayo samādhī – savitakko savicāro samādhi, avitakko vicāramatto samādhi, avitakko avicāro samādhi. Ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame ¶ tayo dhammā pariññeyyā? Tisso vedanā – sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Ime tayo dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame tayo dhammā pahātabbā? Tisso taṇhā – kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā. Ime tayo dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame tayo dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Tīṇi akusalamūlāni – lobho ¶ akusalamūlaṃ, doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ. Ime tayo dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame ¶ tayo dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Tīṇi kusalamūlāni – alobho kusalamūlaṃ, adoso kusalamūlaṃ, amoho kusalamūlaṃ. Ime tayo dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame tayo dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Tisso nissaraṇiyā dhātuyo – kāmānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhammaṃ, rūpānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ arūpaṃ, yaṃ kho pana kiñci bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ, nirodho tassa nissaraṇaṃ. Ime tayo dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame ¶ tayo dhammā uppādetabbā? Tīṇi ñāṇāni – atītaṃse ñāṇaṃ, anāgataṃse ñāṇaṃ, paccuppannaṃse ñāṇaṃ. Ime tayo dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame tayo dhammā abhiññeyyā? Tisso dhātuyo – kāmadhātu, rūpadhātu, arūpadhātu. Ime tayo dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame tayo dhammā sacchikātabbā? Tisso vijjā – pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ vijjā, sattānaṃ cutūpapāte ñāṇaṃ vijjā, āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ vijjā. Ime tayo dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ¶ ime tiṃsa dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

354. ‘‘Cattāro ¶ dhammā bahukārā, cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā…pe… cattāro dhammā sacchikātabbā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā bahukārā? Cattāri cakkāni – patirūpadesavāso, sappurisūpanissayo [sappurisupassayo (syā. kaṃ.)], attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā. Ime cattāro dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā? Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte… dhammesu ¶ dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Ime cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā pariññeyyā? Cattāro āhārā – kabaḷīkāro [kavaḷīkāro (syā. kaṃ.)] āhāro oḷāriko ¶ vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ. Ime cattāro dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā pahātabbā? Cattāro oghā ¶ – kāmogho, bhavogho, diṭṭhogho, avijjogho. Ime cattāro dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Cattāro yogā – kāmayogo, bhavayogo, diṭṭhiyogo, avijjāyogo. Ime cattāro dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Cattāro visaññogā – kāmayogavisaṃyogo, bhavayogavisaṃyogo, diṭṭhiyogavisaṃyogo, avijjāyogavisaṃyogo. Ime cattāro dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame ¶ cattāro dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Cattāro samādhī – hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ṭhitibhāgiyo samādhi, visesabhāgiyo samādhi, nibbedhabhāgiyo samādhi. Ime cattāro dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā uppādetabbā? Cattāri ñāṇāni – dhamme ñāṇaṃ, anvaye ñāṇaṃ, pariye ñāṇaṃ, sammutiyā ñāṇaṃ. Ime cattāro dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā abhiññeyyā? Cattāri ariyasaccāni – dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā. kaṃ.)] ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā. kaṃ.)] ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ. Ime cattāro dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame cattāro dhammā sacchikātabbā? Cattāri sāmaññaphalāni – sotāpattiphalaṃ, sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattaphalaṃ ¶ . Ime cattāro dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ¶ ime cattārīsadhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā bahukārā? Pañca padhāniyaṅgāni – idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Appābādho hoti appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Asaṭho hoti amāyāvī yathābhūtamattānaṃ āvīkattā satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu. Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ime pañca dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame ¶ pañca dhammā bhāvetabbā? Pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhi – pītipharaṇatā, sukhapharaṇatā, cetopharaṇatā ¶ , ālokapharaṇatā, paccavekkhaṇanimittaṃ [paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)]. Ime pañca dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā pariññeyyā? Pañcupādānakkhandhā [seyyathīdaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] – rūpupādānakkhandho, vedanupādānakkhandho, saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho. Ime pañca dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā pahātabbā? Pañca nīvaraṇāni – kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ, byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ, thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ, uddhaccakukuccanīvaraṇaṃ, vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ. Ime pañca dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Pañca cetokhilā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati. Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa ¶ cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya ¶ . Ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhilo. Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati vicikicchati…pe… saṅghe kaṅkhati vicikicchati…pe… sikkhāya kaṅkhati vicikicchati…pe… sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu ¶ kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Ayaṃ pañcamo cetokhilo. Ime pañca dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Pañcindriyāni – saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, paññindriyaṃ. Ime pañca dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Pañca nissaraṇiyā dhātuyo – idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāme manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Nekkhammaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto nekkhamme cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ kāmehi. Ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi. Na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno byāpādaṃ manasikaroto byāpāde cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Abyāpādaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto abyāpāde cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ byāpādena. Ye ca byāpādapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi. Na ¶ so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno vihesaṃ manasikaroto vihesāya cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Avihesaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto avihesāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati ¶ . Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ vihesāya. Ye ca vihesāpaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi. Na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ vihesāya nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno rūpe manasikaroto rūpesu cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Arūpaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto arūpe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ rūpehi. Ye ca rūpapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi. Na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno sakkāyaṃ manasikaroto sakkāye cittaṃ na pakkhandati na pasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Sakkāyanirodhaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ sakkāyena. Ye ca sakkāyapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātā pariḷāhā, mutto so tehi. Na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedeti. Idamakkhātaṃ sakkāyassa nissaraṇaṃ. Ime pañca dhammā ¶ duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā uppādetabbā? Pañca ñāṇiko sammāsamādhi – ‘ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho ceva āyatiñca sukhavipāko’ti paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. ‘Ayaṃ samādhi ariyo nirāmiso’ti paccattaññeva ¶ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. ‘Ayaṃ samādhi akāpurisasevito’ti paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. ‘Ayaṃ samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvādhigato, na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti [na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayha vāritavatoti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavārivāvato (ka.), na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāriyādhigato (?)] paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. ‘So kho panāhaṃ imaṃ samādhiṃ satova samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti paccattaṃyeva ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. Ime pañca dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā abhiññeyyā? Pañca vimuttāyatanāni – idhāvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī. Yathā ¶ yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, tathā tathā so [bhikkhu (syā. kaṃ.)] tasmiṃ dhamme atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthappaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ ¶ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti yathā ¶ yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. Tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthappaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. Api ca kho, yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthappaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. Api ca kho, yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. Yathā yathā ¶ , āvuso ¶ , bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthappaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ catutthaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, aññataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati; api ca khvassa aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhuno aññataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ ¶ paññāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthappaṭisaṃvedino dhammappaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ. Ime pañca dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame pañca dhammā sacchikātabbā? Pañca dhammakkhandhā – sīlakkhandho ¶ , samādhikkhandho, paññākkhandho, vimuttikkhandho, vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandho. Ime pañca dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ime paññāsa dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame cha dhammā bahukārā? Cha sāraṇīyā dhammā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ ¶ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ¶ ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ…pe… ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṃ manokammaṃ…pe… ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi, tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī hoti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo…pe… ekībhāvāya ¶ saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu, yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni, tathārūpesu ¶ sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo…pe… ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhi sāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo, saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati. Ime cha dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame cha dhammā bhāvetabbā? Cha anussatiṭṭhānāni – buddhānussati, dhammānussati, saṅghānussati, sīlānussati, cāgānussati, devatānussati. Ime cha dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame cha dhammā pariññeyyā? Cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni – cakkhāyatanaṃ, sotāyatanaṃ, ghānāyatanaṃ, jivhāyatanaṃ, kāyāyatanaṃ, manāyatanaṃ. Ime cha dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame cha dhammā pahātabbā? Cha taṇhākāyā – rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā, gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā, phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā. Ime cha dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame ¶ ¶ cha dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Cha agāravā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso. Dhamme…pe… saṅghe… sikkhāya… appamāde… paṭisanthāre agāravo viharati appatisso. Ime cha dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame cha dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Cha gāravā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo viharati sappatisso dhamme…pe… saṅghe… sikkhāya… appamāde… paṭisanthāre sagāravo viharati sappatisso. Ime cha dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame cha dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Cha nissaraṇiyā dhātuyo – idhāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘mettā hi kho me, cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, atha ca pana me byāpādo cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi. Na hi ¶ sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ āvuso anavakāso yaṃ mettāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya. Atha ca panassa byāpādo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, byāpādassa, yadidaṃ mettācetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘karuṇā ¶ hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Atha ca pana me vihesā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So – ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo, ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi…pe… nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, vihesāya, yadidaṃ karuṇācetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘muditā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā…pe… atha ca pana me arati cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So – ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca…pe… nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso aratiyā, yadidaṃ muditācetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha ¶ panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘upekkhā hi kho me cetovimutti ¶ bhāvitā…pe… atha ca pana me rāgo cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So – ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca…pe… nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, rāgassa yadidaṃ upekkhācetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘animittā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā…pe… atha ca pana me nimittānusāri viññāṇaṃ hotī’ti. So – ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca…pe… nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṃ yadidaṃ animittā cetovimuttī’ti.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘asmīti kho me vigataṃ, ayamahamasmīti na ¶ samanupassāmi, atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṃkathāsallaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So – ‘mā hevaṃ’ tissa vacanīyo ‘māyasmā evaṃ avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na ¶ hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṃ asmīti vigate ayamahamasmīti asamanupassato. Atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṃkathāsallaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṃkathāsallassa, yadidaṃ asmimānasamugghāṭo’ti. Ime cha dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame ¶ cha dhammā uppādetabbā? Cha satatavihārā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Ime cha dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame cha dhammā abhiññeyyā? Cha anuttariyāni – dassanānuttariyaṃ, savanānuttariyaṃ, lābhānuttariyaṃ, sikkhānuttariyaṃ, pāricariyānuttariyaṃ, anussatānuttariyaṃ. Ime cha dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame cha dhammā sacchikātabbā? Cha abhiññā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti – ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti ¶ , bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti. Āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ. Tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāse ¶ . Pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti seyyathāpi udake. Udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ. Ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo. Imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati. Yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti.

‘‘Dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇāti dibbe ca mānuse ca, ye dūre santike ca.

‘‘Parasattānaṃ ¶ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti [jānāti (syā. kaṃ.)], sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāti ¶ …pe… avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāti.

‘‘So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ ekampi jātiṃ…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.

‘‘Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti ¶ …pe…

‘‘Āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ime cha dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ime saṭṭhi dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame satta dhammā bahukārā? Satta ariyadhanāni – saddhādhanaṃ, sīladhanaṃ, hiridhanaṃ, ottappadhanaṃ, sutadhanaṃ, cāgadhanaṃ, paññādhanaṃ. Ime satta dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame ¶ satta dhammā bhāvetabbā? Satta sambojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pītisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo ¶ . Ime satta dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame satta dhammā pariññeyyā? Satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo – santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso ¶ , sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṃ dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṃ catutthī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā…pe… ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ pañcamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ chaṭṭhī viññāṇaṭṭhiti.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ sattamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti. Ime satta dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame satta dhammā pahātabbā? Sattānusayā – kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo, diṭṭhānusayo, vicikicchānusayo, mānānusayo, bhavarāgānusayo ¶ , avijjānusayo. Ime satta dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame satta dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Satta asaddhammā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto ¶ hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. Ime satta dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame satta dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Satta saddhammā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirimā [hiriko (syā. kaṃ.)] hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, paññavā hoti. Ime satta dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame ¶ ¶ satta dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Satta sappurisadhammā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu dhammaññū ca hoti atthaññū ca attaññū ca mattaññū ca kālaññū ca parisaññū ca puggalaññū ca. Ime satta dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame satta dhammā uppādetabbā? Satta saññā – aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, asubhasaññā, ādīnavasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā. Ime satta dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame satta dhammā abhiññeyyā? Satta niddasavatthūni – idhāvuso, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo. Dhammanisantiyā tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca ¶ dhammanisantiyā avigatapemo. Icchāvinaye tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca icchāvinaye avigatapemo. Paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo. Vīriyāramme tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca vīriyāramme avigatapemo. Satinepakke tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca satinepakke avigatapemo. Diṭṭhipaṭivedhe tibbacchando hoti, āyatiñca diṭṭhipaṭivedhe avigatapemo. Ime satta dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame satta dhammā sacchikātabbā? Satta khīṇāsavabalāni – idhāvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti. Yaṃpāvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, idampi khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṃ hoti, yaṃ balaṃ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti. Yaṃpāvuso…pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāraṃ vivekaṭṭhaṃ nekkhammābhirataṃ byantībhūtaṃ sabbaso āsavaṭṭhāniyehi ¶ dhammehi. Yaṃpāvuso…pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā ¶ . Yaṃpāvuso…pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pañcindriyāni bhāvitāni honti subhāvitāni. Yaṃpāvuso…pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā. Yaṃpāvuso…pe… ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito. Yaṃpāvuso, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko ¶ maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito, idampi khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṃ hoti, yaṃ balaṃ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti. Ime satta dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Itime sattati dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

358. ‘‘Aṭṭha dhammā bahukārā…pe… aṭṭha dhammā sacchikātabbā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā bahukārā? Aṭṭha hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya ¶ vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satthāraṃ [satthāraṃ vā (syā. ka.)] upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatthassa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañca gāravo ¶ ca. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya ¶ . Paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Taṃ kho pana satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ ¶ , yatthassa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. Te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati – ‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ? Imassa ko attho’ti? Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānī [anuttānikatañca uttāniṃ (ka.)] karonti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya, vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Taṃ kho pana dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti – kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā ¶ vacasā ¶ paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho ¶ ¶ hetu chaṭṭho paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato. Cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu, udayabbayānupassī viharati – ‘iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā iti vedanāya samudayo iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo; iti saññā iti saññāya samudayo iti saññāya atthaṅgamo; iti saṅkhārā iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅgamo; iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya ¶ paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati. Ime aṭṭha dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā? Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. Ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā pariññeyyā? Aṭṭha lokadhammā – lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṃsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañca. Ime aṭṭha dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame ¶ aṭṭha dhammā pahātabbā? Aṭṭha micchattā ¶ – micchādiṭṭhi, micchāsaṅkappo, micchāvācā, micchākammanto, micchāājīvo, micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi. Ime aṭṭha dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Aṭṭha kusītavatthūni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kammaṃ kho me kātabbaṃ bhavissati, kammaṃ kho pana ¶ me karontassa kāyo kilamissati, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kataṃ hoti ¶ . Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ, kammaṃ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati…pe… idaṃ dutiyaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilamissati, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati…pe… idaṃ tatiyaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati…pe… idaṃ catutthaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti…pe… idaṃ pañcamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa ¶ vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ ¶ , tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño, māsācitaṃ maññe, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati…pe… idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho, tassa evaṃ hoti ¶ – ‘uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho atthi kappo nipajjituṃ, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati…pe… idaṃ sattamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānāvuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gilānāvuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa me kāyo dubbalo akammañño, handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati…pe… idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu. Ime aṭṭha dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Aṭṭha ārambhavatthūni. Idhāvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kammaṃ kho me kātabbaṃ bhavissati, kammaṃ kho pana me karontena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasikātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa ¶ sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kataṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ, kammaṃ kho panāhaṃ karonto nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasikātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ dutiyaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati, maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasikātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ tatiyaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ, maggaṃ kho panāhaṃ gacchanto nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasikātuṃ, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ catutthaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto na ¶ labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ ¶ , tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ pañcamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa me kāyo balavā kammañño, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ me ābādho pavaḍḍheyya, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ ¶ sattamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya, handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ ārambhavatthu. Ime aṭṭha dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Aṭṭha akkhaṇā asamayā brahmacariyavāsāya. Idhāvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo nirayaṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī ¶ sugatappavedito, ayañca puggalo tiracchānayoniṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ dutiyo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ…pe… pettivisayaṃ ¶ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… aññataraṃ dīghāyukaṃ devanikāyaṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ catuttho akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti milakkhesu aviññātāresu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Ayaṃ pañcamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti micchādiṭṭhiko viparītadassano – ‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti ¶ , so ca hoti duppañño jaḷo eḷamūgo, nappaṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitānamatthamaññātuṃ. Ayaṃ sattamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ…pe… ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti paññavā ajaḷo aneḷamūgo, paṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitānamatthamaññātuṃ. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya. Ime aṭṭha dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā uppādetabbā? Aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakkā – appicchassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassa. Santuṭṭhassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asantuṭṭhassa. Pavivittassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassa. Āraddhavīriyassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo kusītassa. Upaṭṭhitasatissāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo muṭṭhassatissa. Samāhitassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asamāhitassa ¶ ¶ . Paññavato [paññāvato (sī. pī.)] ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo duppaññassa. Nippapañcassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassāti [nippapañcārāmassa ayaṃ dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratinoti (sī. syā. pī.) aṅguttarepi tatheva dissati. aṭṭhakathāṭīkā pana oloketabbā] ime aṭṭha dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame aṭṭha dhammā abhiññeyyā? Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni – ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni ¶ , ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti – evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti – evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ, evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ¶ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ ¶ , evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ ¶ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ, seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ, evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā, seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ, evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ. Ime aṭṭha dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame ¶ ¶ aṭṭha dhammā sacchikātabbā? Aṭṭha vimokkhā – rūpī rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso ¶ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso ¶ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime aṭṭha dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ime asīti dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame ¶ nava dhammā bahukārā? Nava yonisomanasikāramūlakā dhammā, yonisomanasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, samāhite citte yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passati, yathābhūtaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati. Ime nava dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame nava dhammā bhāvetabbā? Nava pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni – sīlavisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, cittavisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, diṭṭhivisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, maggāmaggañāṇadassana – visuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, ñāṇadassanavisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, paññāvisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ, vimuttivisuddhi pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgaṃ. Ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame nava dhammā pariññeyyā? Nava sattāvāsā – santāvuso, sattā nānattakāyā ¶ nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ekacce ca devā ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso ¶ , sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṃ dutiyo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ¶ nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṃ catuttho sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṃvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā. Ayaṃ pañcamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ sattamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo sattāvāso.

‘‘Santāvuso, sattā sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ navamo sattāvāso. Ime nava dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame nava dhammā pahātabbā? Nava taṇhāmūlakā ¶ dhammā – taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chandarāgo ¶ , chandarāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ, ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ, macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho, ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ [ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ paṭicca (syā. pī. ka.)] daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādatuvaṃtuvaṃpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. Ime nava dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame ¶ ¶ nava dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Nava āghātavatthūni – ‘anatthaṃ me acarī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati, ‘anatthaṃ me caratī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati, ‘anatthaṃ me carissatī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati; ‘piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acarī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… ‘anatthaṃ caratī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… ‘anatthaṃ carissatī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati; ‘appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acarī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… ‘atthaṃ caratī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati…pe… ‘atthaṃ carissatī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati. Ime nava dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame nava dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Nava āghātapaṭivinayā – ‘anatthaṃ me acari, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti; ‘anatthaṃ me carati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti; ‘anatthaṃ me carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti; ‘piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acari…pe… anatthaṃ carati…pe… anatthaṃ carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti; ‘appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acari…pe… atthaṃ carati…pe… atthaṃ carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ ¶ paṭivineti. Ime nava dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame nava dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Nava nānattā – dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ, phassanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattaṃ, vedanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ, saññānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ, saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ, chandanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ, pariḷāhanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ, pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati lābhanānattaṃ. Ime nava dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame nava dhammā uppādetabbā? Nava saññā – asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhārepaṭikūlasaññā ¶ , sabbalokeanabhiratisaññā [anabhiratasaññā (syā. ka.)], aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe ¶ anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā. Ime nava dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame nava dhammā abhiññeyyā? Nava anupubbavihārā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ ¶ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā ¶ …pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā…pe… ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ime nava dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame nava dhammā sacchikātabbā? Nava anupubbanirodhā – paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa kāmasaññā niruddhā hoti, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā niruddhā honti, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti niruddhā hoti, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assāsapassāssā niruddhā honti, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññā niruddhā hoti, viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti, ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā ¶ niruddhā hoti, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti. Ime nava dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ime navuti dhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.

(Ka) ‘‘katame dasa dhammā bahukārā? Dasa nāthakaraṇādhammā – idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti…pe… sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto ¶ …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu bahussuto…pe… ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu…pe… kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu suvaco hoti sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgato, khamo padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṃ. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu…pe… anusāsaniṃ. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ, alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu…pe… alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammakāmo hoti piyasamudāhāro abhidhamme abhivinaye uḷārapāmojjo. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu…pe… uḷārapāmojjo. Ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarehi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu ¶ …pe… ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati…pe… kusalesu dhammesu. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu…pe… ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu satimā hoti, paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu…pe… ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato, ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Yaṃpāvuso, bhikkhu…pe… ayampi dhammo nāthakaraṇo. Ime dasa dhammā bahukārā.

(Kha) ‘‘katame ¶ dasa dhammā bhāvetabbā? Dasa kasiṇāyatanāni – pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānāti uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ advayaṃ appamāṇaṃ. Āpokasiṇameko sañjānāti…pe… tejokasiṇameko sañjānāti… vāyokasiṇameko sañjānāti… nīlakasiṇameko sañjānāti… pītakasiṇameko sañjānāti… lohitakasiṇameko sañjānāti… odātakasiṇameko sañjānāti… ākāsakasiṇameko sañjānāti… viññāṇakasiṇameko sañjānāti uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ advayaṃ appamāṇaṃ ¶ . Ime dasa dhammā bhāvetabbā.

(Ga) ‘‘katame dasa dhammā pariññeyyā? Dasāyatanāni – cakkhāyatanaṃ, rūpāyatanaṃ, sotāyatanaṃ, saddāyatanaṃ, ghānāyatanaṃ, gandhāyatanaṃ, jivhāyatanaṃ, rasāyatanaṃ, kāyāyatanaṃ, phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ. Ime dasa dhammā pariññeyyā.

(Gha) ‘‘katame dasa dhammā pahātabbā? Dasa micchattā – micchādiṭṭhi, micchāsaṅkappo, micchāvācā, micchākammanto, micchāājīvo, micchāvāyāmo, micchāsati, micchāsamādhi, micchāñāṇaṃ, micchāvimutti. Ime dasa dhammā pahātabbā.

(Ṅa) ‘‘katame dasa dhammā hānabhāgiyā? Dasa akusalakammapathā – pāṇātipāto, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro, musāvādo, pisuṇā vācā, pharusā vācā, samphappalāpo, abhijjhā, byāpādo, micchādiṭṭhi. Ime dasa dhammā hānabhāgiyā.

(Ca) ‘‘katame ¶ ¶ dasa dhammā visesabhāgiyā? Dasa kusalakammapathā – pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī, anabhijjhā, abyāpādo, sammādiṭṭhi. Ime dasa dhammā visesabhāgiyā.

(Cha) ‘‘katame dasa dhammā duppaṭivijjhā? Dasa ariyavāsā – idhāvuso ¶ , bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti, chaḷaṅgasamannāgato, ekārakkho, caturāpasseno, paṇunnapaccekasacco, samavayasaṭṭhesano, anāvilasaṅkappo, passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro, suvimuttacitto, suvimuttapañño.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso ¶ , bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thinamiddhaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu satārakkhena cetasā samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu ekārakkho hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno yāni ¶ tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ ¶ puthupaccekasaccāni, sabbāni tāni nunnāni honti paṇunnāni cattāni vantāni muttāni pahīnāni paṭinissaṭṭhāni. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu paṇunnapaccekasacco hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmesanā pahīnā hoti, bhavesanā pahīnā hoti, brahmacariyesanā paṭippassaddhā. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu samavayasaṭṭhesano hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso ¶ , bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappā hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno kāmasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, byāpādasaṅkappo pahīno hoti, vihiṃsāsaṅkappo pahīno hoti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu anāvilasaṅkappo hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro hoti.

‘‘Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ‘rāgo me pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti. ‘Doso me pahīno…pe… āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti. ‘Moho me pahīno ¶ …pe… āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo’ti pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu suvimuttapañño hoti. Ime dasa dhammā duppaṭivijjhā.

(Ja) ‘‘katame dasa dhammā uppādetabbā? Dasa saññā – asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhārepaṭikūlasaññā, sabbalokeanabhiratisaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā. Ime dasa dhammā uppādetabbā.

(Jha) ‘‘katame ¶ dasa dhammā abhiññeyyā? Dasa nijjaravatthūni – sammādiṭṭhissa micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā hoti. Ye ca micchādiṭṭhipaccayā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Sammāsaṅkappassa micchāsaṅkappo…pe… sammāvācassa micchāvācā… sammākammantassa micchākammanto… sammāājīvassa micchāājīvo… ¶ sammāvāyāmassa micchāvāyāmo… sammāsatissa micchāsati… sammāsamādhissa micchāsamādhi… sammāñāṇassa micchāñāṇaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ hoti. Sammāvimuttissa ¶ micchāvimutti ¶ nijjiṇṇā hoti. Ye ca micchāvimuttipaccayā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti. Ime dasa dhammā abhiññeyyā.

(Ña) ‘‘katame ¶ dasa dhammā sacchikātabbā? Dasa asekkhā dhammā – asekkhā sammādiṭṭhi, asekkho sammāsaṅkappo, asekkhā sammāvācā, asekkho sammākammanto, asekkho sammāājīvo, asekkho sammāvāyāmo, asekkhā sammāsati, asekkho sammāsamādhi, asekkhaṃ sammāñāṇaṃ, asekkhā sammāvimutti. Ime dasa dhammā sacchikātabbā.

‘‘Iti ime satadhammā bhūtā tacchā tathā avitathā anaññathā sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā’’ti. Idamavocāyasmā sāriputto. Attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

Pāthiko ¶ ca [pāṭikañca (syā. kaṃ.)] udumbaraṃ [pāṭikodumbarīceva (sī. pī.)], cakkavatti aggaññakaṃ;

Sampasādanapāsādaṃ ¶ [sampasādañca pāsādaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ.